Telerik.Windows.Documents
A class providing additional methods for working with the clipboard.
Extension of the class for working with rich-text content inside the system clipboard.
Determines whether the clipboard contains plain text.
The instance containing the event data. Use if such is not present./>
true if the clipboard contains text; otherwise, false.
Collection of s that will be used when getting rich-text content from the clipboard.
The clipboard handlers.
Determines whether the clipboard contains supported rich-text data.
The instance containing the event data. The method can be safely invoked with value for this parameter.
true if the clipboard contains document; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the clipboard contains supported rich-text data.
true if the clipboard contains document; otherwise, false.
Stores data, specified as a string, in the system clipboard.
The instance containing the event data. The method can be safely invoked with value for this parameter.
The text data.
Stores data, specified as a string, in the system clipboard.
The text data.
Stores data, specified as a string, in the specified data object.
The instance containing the event data. The method can be safely invoked with value for this parameter.
The string representing the text data.
The data object.
Stores data, specified as a string, in the specified data object.
The string representing the text data.
The data object.
Gets the clipboard data of type .
The instance containing the event data. Use if such is not present./>
The string representing the content or if there is no text in the clipboard.
Gets the clipboard data of type .
The string representing the content or if there is no text in the clipboard.
Sets a document represented by a instance to the system clipboard.
The document fragment.
Sets a document represented by a instance to the specified data object.
The document fragment.
The object the document fragment should be inserted into.
Gets a from clipboard using the specified data format.
The data format. You can use the set of formats provided in the class.
This parameter is not used.
A function to filter the string inside the clipboard. This function is used when the content needs to be formatted additionally before creating a document from it.
A instance representing the content. If the operation did not succeed, the method return .
Gets a from clipboard using the specified data format.
The data format. You can use the set of formats provided in the class.
A function to filter the string inside the clipboard. This function is used when the content needs to be formatted additionally before creating a document from it.
HTML content inserted by MS Word can be stripped using .
A instance representing the content. If the operation did not succeed, the method return .
Gets a from clipboard using the specified data format.
The data format. You can use the set of formats provided in the class.
The that is resolved during clipboard processing.
A function to filter the string inside the clipboard. This function is used when the content needs to be formatted additionally before creating a document from it.
HTML content inserted by MS Word can be stripped using .
A instance representing the content. If the operation did not succeed, the method return .
Obtains a from the clipboard using the registered .
a instance representing the document created from the content inside the clipboard. If the operation is not successful, the method returns .
Obtains a from the clipboard using the registered .
The that is resolved during clipboard processing.
a instance representing the document created from the content inside the clipboard. If the operation is not successful, the method returns .
Strips the clipboard format headers from the HTML content inserted in the clipboard by MS Word. Skips all lines in the beginning containing ':'.
The clipboard text.
The stripped HTML string.
Places a specified data object in the system Clipboard.
A data object (an object that implements ) to place on the system Clipboard.
Defines data provider that will be used to import specific clipboard data format.
Gets or sets the format provider used to import the data in the clipboard.
The document format provider, e.g. HtmlFormatProvider or RtfFormatProvider.
Gets or sets the clipboard data format.
The clipboard data format (DataFormats.Html or DataFormats.Rtf).
Gets or sets a filter used to pre-process the data if such is needed.
The clipboard string filter.
Represents a structure that is used to describe size of an object using float values.
An empty point with (0, 0) coordinates.
Gets or sets the X coordinate.
The x.
Gets or sets the Y coordinate.
The y.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is an empty point.
true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The x.
The y.
Implements the operator +.
The point.
The size to be added.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator -.
The point.
The size to be subtracted.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator +.
The point.
The size to be added.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator -.
The point.
The size to be subtracted.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator ==.
The left point.
The right point.
True if the points are with same coordinates, otherwise false.
Implements the operator !=.
The left.
The right.
True if the points are with different coordinates, otherwise false.
Adds size to a specified point.
The point.
The size.
Subtracts size from a specified point.
The point.
The size.
Adds size to a specified point.
The point.
The size.
Subtracts size from a specified point.
The point.
The size.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Computes distance between two points.
The point1.
The point2.
Rounds each coordinate of the point.
Describes a rectanlge using float units.
Empty rectangle.
Gets or sets the x position.
The x position.
Gets or sets the y position.
The y position.
Gets or sets the width.
The width.
Gets or sets the height.
The height.
Gets the left.
The left.
Gets the top.
The top.
Gets the right.
The right.
Gets the bottom.
The bottom.
Gets or sets the location.
The location.
Gets or sets the size.
The size.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is empty.
true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false.
Initializes the struct.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The x position.
The y position.
The width.
The height.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The location.
The size.
Froms the LTRB.
The left.
The top.
The right.
The bottom.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Implements the operator ==.
The left.
The right.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator !=.
The left.
The right.
The result of the operator.
Determines whether this instance contains a point.
The x-coordinate of the point.
The y-coordinate of the point.
true if contains the specified coordinates; otherwise, false.
Determines whether this instance contains a point.
The point.
true if contains the specified point; otherwise, false.
Determines whether this instance contains the object.
The rect.
true if this instance contains the specified rect; otherwise, false.
Inflates the specified x and y coordinates.
The x.
The y.
Inflates the specified size.
The size.
Inflates the specified rect.
The rect.
The x.
The y.
Intersects the specified rect.
The rect.
Determines whether this instance intersects with another rectangle.
The rect.
Provides a way of converting values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and subproperties.
Determines whether this instance can convert from another type.
The type descriptor context.
Type of the source.
true if this instance can convert from the specified type descriptor context; otherwise, false.
Determines whether this instance can be converted to another type.
The type descriptor context.
Type of the destination.
true if this instance can be converted the specified type; otherwise, false.
Converts from to .
The type descriptor context. This parameter is not used in the current implementation.
The culture information.
The source.
The new generated object.
Converts the given value object to , using the specified culture information.
An that provides a format context. Not used in the current implementation.
A . If is passed, the current culture is assumed.
The to convert.
The to convert the parameter to.
An that represents the converted value.
Represents a dimension in 2D coordinate space
An empty instance.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is empty.
true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the width.
The width.
Gets or sets the height.
The height.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The size.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The size.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The point.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
The width.
The height.
Implements the operator +.
The first size.
The second size.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator -.
The first size.
The second size.
The result of the operator.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Implements the operator ==.
The first size.
The second size.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator !=.
The first size.
The second size.
The result of the operator.
Performs an explicit conversion from to .
The size.
The result of the conversion.
Adds the specified size.
The first size.
The second size.
Subtracts the specified size.
The first size.
The second size.
The result of the substraction.
Converts to .
The object.
Converts to .
The object.
Converts to string.
A that represents this instance.
Represents a floating block for DrawingML floating objects.
Represents an inline-level element that describes DrawingML objects.
Gets or sets the width.
Gets or sets the height.
Gets or sets the angle at which the object should be rotated.
Gets or sets the size.
Cross.
Dashed Downward Diagonal.
Dashed Horizontal.
Dashed Upward Diagonal.
Dashed Vertical
Diagonal Brick.
Diagonal Cross.
Divot.
Dark Downward Diagonal.
Dark Horizontal.
Dark Upward Diagonal.
Dark Vertical.
Downward Diagonal.
Dotted Diamond.
Dotted Grid.
Horizontal.
Horizontal Brick.
Large Checker Board.
Large Confetti.
Large Grid.
Light Downward Diagonal.
Light Horizontal.
Light Upward Diagonal.
Light Vertical.
NarrowHorizontal.
Narrow Vertical.
Open Diamond.
5%
10%
20%
25%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
75%
80%
90%
Plaid
Shingle.
Small Checker Board.
Small Confetti.
Small Grid.
Solid Diamond.
Sphere.
Trellis.
Upward Diagonal.
Vertical.
Wave.
Wide Downward Diagonal.
Wide Upward Diagonal.
Weave.
Zig Zag.
Specifies a preset line dash pattern.
Dash.
pattern: 1111000
Dash Dot.
pattern: 11110001000
Dot.
pattern: 1000
Large Dash.
pattern: 11111111000
Large Dash Dot.
pattern: 111111110001000
Large Dash Dot Dot.
pattern: 1111111100010001000
Solid.
pattern: 1
System Dash.
pattern: 1110
System Dash Dot.
pattern: 111010
System Dash Dot Dot.
pattern: 11101010
System Dot.
pattern: 10
Represents an inline-level document element, which contains a DrawingML shape.
Represents an inline-level document element, which contains a DrawingML shape.
Gets or sets the width.
The width.
Gets or sets the height.
The height.
Gets or sets the angle at which the image should be rotated.
The rotate angle.
Gets or sets the size.
The size.
Returns the underling document that holds the shape text.
Represents a field which inserts a character with certain font and size.
The symbol field type name.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The property containing the value of the char code.
Gets or sets the code point value of the char which will be formatted by the formatting switches.
The value can be specified in decimal or hexadecimal.
When it is hexadecimal, it must have a leading "0X" or "0x".
Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the value of the CharCode property will be interpreted as the value of an ANSI character.
The property containing the value of the font name.
Gets or sets the name of the font which will be applied on the character whose code is specified in the CharCode property.
By default, the font used is that of the current span.
The property containing the value of the font size.
Gets or sets the font size which will be applied on the character whose code is specified in the CharCode property.
By default, the font size used is that of the current span.
Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the value of the CharCode property will be interpreted as the value of a Unicode character.
The name of the field type.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Represents the possible line numbering restart types.
Denotes the new page type.
Denotes the new section type.
Denotes the continuous type.
Represents line numbering class.
Creating a new instance of the class with properties set to their default values.
Creating a new instance of the class by passing the restart type and the rest of the properties set to their default values.
The line numbering restart type.
Creating a new instance of the class.
The line numbering starting value.
The distance between text and line numbering.
The line number increments to display.
The line numbering restart type.
Creating a new instance of the class by passing the count by and the rest of the properties set to their default values.
The line number increments to display.
Line numbering starting value.
Distance between text and line numbering.
Line number increments to display.
Line numbering restart position.
This class supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This method supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Describes possible types of conflict resolution when style repositories are merged during merging.
Style of the target document will be used.
Style of the source document will be renamed and used.
Holds different options for controlling the insertion of a source to a target .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets whether the formatting from the last paragraph in the source should be obtained.
If the value is true
, then a new paragraph with same formatting will be inserted.
Otherwise, only the inlines from that paragraph will be inserted.
The default value is true
.
The insert last paragraph marker.
Represents an abstract class which holds different options for controlling the merging
of a source to a target .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the mode used for resolving conflicts between styles with same names.
The default value is .
The conflicting styles resolution mode.
Describes possible types of resolution when sections are merged during merging.
Inserts the document elements from the source into the target without a preceding .
Inserts a as it is defined in the source and preserves its
.
Inserts a as it is defined in the source and copies the
from the target .
Inserts a and preserves the
of the source .
Inserts a and preserves the
of the source .
Inserts a and preserves the
of the source .
Inserts a and preserves the
of the source .
Holds different options for controlling the appending of a source to a target .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the first section properties resolution mode.
The default value is .
The section properties resolution mode.
Represents an utility class which is used for merging instances at specific positions and their corresponding styles.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The target document.
Gets the target document.
The document.
Appends the source to the target end.
The source document.
Appends the source to the target end.
The source document.
The append document options.
Inserts the source document at the caret position in the target .
The source document.
Inserts the source document at the caret position in the target .
The source document.
The insert document options.
Represents a marker inside a .
Gets or sets the annotation identifier.
The annotation identifier.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
A negation of the property. If the position before the marker is skipped, then the one after it must not be skipped.
Exactly one of the positions must be skipped.
true if the position after the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the annotation should be treated as word separator.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Represents the behavior when the Delete key is pressed over the annotation.
The delete behavior.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the annotation.
The backspace behavior.
Represents the behavior when the annotation is selected and Backspace or Delete keys are pressed.
The delete selected behavior.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Describes the behavior of an annotation in case of delete operation.
Preserves the annotation, but the content can be modified. Can be used for Backspace and DeleteBehavior.
Deprecated. Preserves the annotation and its content from modifications and deleting. Can be used for DeleteSelectedBehavior.
Selects the annotation. Can be used for Backspace and DeleteBehavior.
Removes the annotation, but leaves its content. Can be used for Backspace, Delete and DeleteSelectedBehavior.
Selects the annotation marker. Can be used for Backspace and DeleteBehavior.
Represents the end marker for an annotation range in a .
Gets or sets the associated
The start.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is paired with an .
true if this instance is paired; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether a new paired will be created during copy operation.
Default value is false.
This property is provided for backward compatibility.
Should pair annotation.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Updates the annotation identifier.
Creates the range start instance.
The created .
Creates an and pairs it with the current instance.
The created .
Pairs the current instance with an .
The annotation range start.
Pairs the current instance with an .
The annotation range start.
A base class representing the marker of an annotation range.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is paired.
true if this instance is paired; otherwise, false.
Represents the start marker for an annotation range in a .
Gets or sets the associated .
The end.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is paired with an .
true if this instance is paired; otherwise, false.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether the contents of the annotation should be included in the spellcheck.
true if the contents of the annotation should be included in the spellcheck; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this range can be deleted.
true if this range is deletable; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this range is editable.
true if this range is editable; otherwise, false.
Describes how the baseline for a text-based element is positioned on the vertical axis, relative to the established baseline for text.
A baseline that is aligned at the actual baseline of the containing box.
A baseline that is aligned at the subscript position of the containing box.
A baseline that is aligned at the superscript position of the containing box.
Represents a break element in content.
Initializes a new instance of the class of type LineBreak.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The break type.
Gets the type of the break.
The type of the break.
Creates a for this element.
The document collection.
Unknown break type.
Creates a new span which is a copy of the contents between the start of the current instance and a specified end position.
This method returns null when invoked for elements.
The end position.
null for objects.
Determines whether the element has the same style as another . This method always returns false when used with a element.
The other.
if set to true the is compared as well.
if set to true the name of the style applied to the spans is not compared.
This method always returns false when used with a element.
Creates a shallow copy of the element.
The copied element.
Creates a deep copy of the element.
The copied element.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
From element.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Defines different break types.
Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next line in the document.
Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next page of the document.
Specifies that the current break shall restart itself on the next available text column in the document.
Represents the list of available paste options in RadRichTextBox.
The local formatting and styles of the copied content is transferred to the destination document.
The formatting of the copied content is cleared, aside from FontStyle, FontWeight, UnderlineDecoration. Then the currents Span/Paragraph formatting is merged with it.
Only the text content is pasted and any formatting is cleared.
Elements with conflicting styles are redirected to take their style from the destination document. Any other formatting is kept the same.
Contains information about the current paste operation. Suitable for data binding.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The available paste options.
The selected paste option.
Gets or sets the selected PasteOption.
Gets a list of the available paste options.
Occurs when a property value changes.
Raises the PropertyChanged event.
The name of the affected property
Represents the list of supported paste sources.
Content is copied from the same RadDocument.
Content is copied from another RadDocument.
Content is copied from another rich text document (e.g. a MS Word document; RTF document).
Content contains styles that are in conflict with the destination documents' styles by name.
Contains information about the currently executed paste command.
Gets a PasteOptionsViewModel instance that contains the information from the PasteContext, but is suitable for data binding.
Raises the PropertyChanged event.
The name of the affected property
Represents a configuration of the paste behavior in RadRichTextBox.
Initializes a new instance of the PasteSettings class.
Gets the default PasteOption for a given PasteSource.
Current paste source
The default PasteOption
Sets the default PasteOptions for a given PasteSource.
Current paste source
Available paste options
Gets a list of available PasteOptions for a given PasteSource.
Current paste source
Available paste options
Sets a list of available PasteOptions for a given PasteSource.
Current paste source
Available paste options
Sets a list of available PasteOptions for a given PasteSource.
Current paste source
Available paste options
Represents a non-visual editor for , which supports history and preserves the validity of the underlying document model.
Pastes the content of the clipboard into the document.
Pastes the content of the clipboard into the document.
The paste option that will be used.
Changes the size of a shape.
The whose size should be changed.
The new size.
Changes the rotate angle of a shape.
The .
The new angle.
Changes the rotate angle of a shape.
The .
The list of updated guides.
Changes the dashing pattern of a shape outline.
The .
The new dashing pattern.
Inserts an inline shape into the document at the current caret position.
The type of shape.
Shape's initial size.
Changes the fill of a shape outline.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the fill of a shape.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the width a shape outline.
The .
The new width.
Changes the vertical alignment of a shape text box element.
The .
The new vertical alignment.
Changes the left margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new left margin.
Changes the right margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new right margin.
Changes the top margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new top margin.
Changes the bottom margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new bottom margin.
Changes the rotation angle of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new rotation angle (in degrees).
Changes a value that indicates whether shape's text box element will rotate when the shape is rotated.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element rotation behavior.
Changes a value that indicates whether shape's text box element should wrap text vertically.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element wrap behavior.
Changes a value that indicates whether the parent shape should be horizontally resized in accordance to
the text box element's width.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element wrap behavior.
Initializes a text box element for a shape that does not have any.
The .
Initiates editing of a shape's text box element.
The .
Inserts a placeholder text box element to the document. It comes with a default shape layout.
Changes the fill of a shape's text outline.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the fill of a shape's text.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the dash of a shape's text outline dash.
The which is modified.
The new dashing pattern.
Changes the width of a shape's outline width.
The which is modified.
The new width value.
Inserts a default structured document tag (Content Control). The default type is RichText.
Inserts a structured document tag (Content Control) of the given type.
Inserts a structured document tag (Content Control) based on the provided properties.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a partially selected paragraph.
Gets the document that is to be edited.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether protection ranges should be respected when editing.
true if the protection ranges should be respected; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether read-only ranges should be respected when editing.
true if the read-only ranges should be respected; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether non-deletable ranges should be respected when editing.
true if the non-deletable ranges should be respected; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the editing operations can insert new paragraphs if needed.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The instance which will be edited.
Reverts the last executed command group.
Re-executes the last undone command group.
Begins a new group of actions which will appear as a single item in the document history.
Cancels the currently started undo-able group, started with and undoes the actions executed since the starting of the group.
If an undo group is not started, an is thrown.
Closes currently started undo-able group, started with , and adds an action in the document history.
Closes currently started undo-able group, started with , and adds an action in the document history.
The display text which will be used for the undo group.
Executes the commands before update table of contents field.
The of the table of contents.
Updates the page reference fields inside table of contents.
The of the table of contents.
Inserts a bookmark around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the bookmark is inserted at the caret position.
Name of the bookmark.
Deletes a bookmark.
Name of the bookmark.
Deletes a bookmark.
The bookmark range start.
Inserts a comment around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the comment is inserted at the caret position.
The comment.
Deletes the current comment.
Deletes a comment.
The comment range start.
Deletes all comments in the document.
Inserts a new permission range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the permission range is inserted at the caret position.
The permissions for the new range.
Deletes a permission range.
The permission range start.
Updates the permissions inside the current selection.
Permissions to add.
Permissions to remove.
Inserts a read only range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the range is inserted at the caret position.
Deletes the read only range at the current caret position or inside the current selection.
Deletes read only range.
The read only range that is to be deleted.
Inserts footnote at the current position.
Inserts the footnote at the current position.
The footnote.
Inserts endnote at the current position.
Inserts the endnote at the current position.
The endnote.
Inserts a hyperlink in the document. The hyperlink will be created around the current selection.
The hyperlink info.
Inserts collection of inlines as hyperlink into the document.
The hyperlink info.
The hyperlink text.
Inserts a hyperlink in the document.
The hyperlink info.
The inlines in the hyperlink.
Deletes the current hyperlink.
Deletes a hyperlink.
The hyperlink range start.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the first data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the last data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the previous data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the next data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using a specified data record.
The index of the record to be shown.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Creates a new containing the result of merging the template with the values of the current data record.
The document.
Produces a mail merged document containing the results for all data records.
true, if each record should start on a new page.
The document containing the result of the operation.
Accepts a revision.
The revision.
Rejects a revision.
The revision.
Accepts all revisions in the document.
Rejects all revisions in the document.
Inserts an annotation range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the annotation range is inserted at the caret position.
The annotation range start.
The annotation range end.
Splits an annotation range at the caret position, resulting in two new ranges.
The annotation range start to be split.
Splits an annotation range at the specified position, resulting in two new ranges.
The annotation range start to be split.
The position where the range start should be split.
Deletes an annotation range.
The start of the range that will be deleted.
Deletes content from the document. If the is not empty, deletes the selected content. Otherwise, deletes the character next to the .
If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.
Deletes the table the current caret position is in.
Deletes a table.
The to delete.
Deletes a table row.
The to delete.
Deletes a code block.
The of the block to delete.
Inserts a fragment at the current caret position.
The fragment to insert.
Thrown when is null.
Inserts a fragment at a specified position. Document selection should be cleared in advance.
The fragment to insert.
The document position to insert the fragment at.
Thrown when there is selection in the document.
Thrown when or is null.
Document selection should be cleared before calling this method, otherwise exception may be thrown.
Inserts text into the document at the current caret position.
The text to insert.
Inserts an inline image into the document at the current caret position.
The stream to the image's contents.
The extension specifying the image format.
Inserts inline element into the document at the current caret position.
Thrown when is null.
The inline element to insert.
Inserts inline element into the document at a specified caret position. Document selection should be cleared in advance.
The inline element to insert.
The document position to insert the inline at.
Thrown when there is selection in the document.
Thrown when or is null.
Document selection should be cleared before calling this method, otherwise exception may be thrown.
Inserts a new paragraph at the current caret position.
Inserts text at the current caret position and adds a new paragraph after it.
The text.
Inserts a line break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a page break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a column break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a non-breaking space into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a section break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a section break of the specified type into the document at the current caret position.
The type of the section break.
Inserts a code block at the caret position. If the caret position is in code block, replaces the current code block.
The code to insert.
The settings which will be used for the code block.
Inserts a new table in the document.
Number of the rows in the table.
Number of the columns in the table.
Inserts a new table in the document.
Number of the rows in the table.
Number of the columns in the table.
if set to true, an additional empty paragraph is inserted before the table.
Inserts a table in the document.
Note: The instance inserted in the document is a cloning of the one passed for the parameter. Making subsequent changes to the is not possible using the same object.
The table.
Inserts the table.
The table.
if set to true, an additional empty paragraph is inserted before the table.
The instance inserted in the document is a cloning of the one passed for the parameter. Making subsequеnt changes to the is not possible.
Inserts a table column in the table which is under the caret position.
Inserts a table column to the left in the table which is under the caret position.
Inserts a table column to the right in the table which is under the caret position.
Deletes the current table column which is under the caret position.
Changes the width of a table column. The specified width value will be applied with width type .
You could specify different width type through the method.
The table.
The index of the column.
The new value for the column width.
Changes the width of a table column.
The table.
The index of the column.
The new value for the column width. If the type of the width is not specified, will be used.
Inserts a new table row in the table under the caret position.
Inserts a table row above the one under the caret position.
Inserts a table row below the one under the caret position.
Deletes the table row under the caret position.
Merges the currently selected table cells into one.
Extends the height of a row using collection of cells from which the height should be calculated.
The cell collection.
Splits the currently selected table cell.
Copies the currently selected document elements into the clipboard.
Inserts a document fragment into the document.
The fragment to insert.
Cuts the currently selected document elements into the clipboard.
Copies the formatting of the current selection.
A value indicating whether the copy was successful.
Pastes the currently copied formatting on the current selection.
A value indicating whether the paste was successful.
Returns a value indicating whether the formatting can be copied according to the current selection.
The value indicating whether the formatting can be copied.
Moves the current selection along with the selected document elements to a specified position.
The start position where the selection should be moved to.
true, if the current selection and contained elements should be deleted on the original position.
Changes the section header.
The section.
Type of the header.
The header.
Changes the section footer.
The section.
Type of the footer.
The footer.
Changes the value indicating whether the section header should be linked to the header of the previous section.
The section.
Type of the header.
true if the header should be linked.
Changes the value indicating whether the section footer should be linked to the footer of the previous section.
The section.
Type of the footer.
true if the footer should be linked.
Creates a new list from the current paragraph. The paragraph must be in a list, otherwise this method does nothing.
A boolean value determining whether the operation completed successfully.
Removes all paragraphs from the current list and continues the first possible list before that paragraph. The paragraph must be in a list and should be first in the list, otherwise this method does nothing.
A boolean value indicating whether the operation completed successfully.
Skips numbers and starts the counting of the current list from the specified value.
The numbers to skip.
A boolean value indicating whether the operation completed successfully.
Inserts a field into the document at the current caret position.
The field.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Inserts a field into the document at the current caret position in a specified display mode.
The field.
The display mode.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Toggles the display mode of a field.
The field start.
Changes the display mode of a field.
The field start.
The new display mode.
Updates a field.
The field start.
Updates all fields in the document.
Updates all fields in the document and displays them in the specified display mode.
The display mode which will be used for the fields.
Changes the display mode of all fields in the document.
The display mode which will be used for the fields.
Changes the bibliographic style of all bibliography related fields in the document.
The new bibliographic style.
Inserts a caption around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the caption is inserted at the current caret position.
The definition of the caption.
The caption text to be used.
If set to true, the label is included in the caption.
If set to true, the caption is inserted after the current selection.
Updates all captions in the document related to a caption definition.
The caption definition.
Inserts a cross-reference to a bookmark into the document at the current caret position.
Name of the bookmark.
Type of the content.
If set to true, the cross-reference is inserted as a hyperlink.
Inserts a cross-reference to a paragraph with Heading style into the document at the current caret position.
The paragraph. If the paragraph doesn't have applied a Heading style, the method will not be executed.
Type of the content.
If set to true, the cross-reference is inserted as a hyperlink.
Inserts a cross-reference to a caption into the document at the current caret position.
The paragraph containing the caption sequence field.
The reference content type. If the paragraph doesn't have applied a Caption style, the method will not be executed.
A parameter indicating whether the cross-reference field should be a hyperlink.
Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document.
Name of the style to be applied.
Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document.
Name of the style.
If true, the linked style may be used depending on the selection.
Changes the Tag property of a specified DocumentElement.
The .
The new tag value.
Changes the font weight of the selected content. If selection is not present, the current editing style is updated.
The font weight.
Changes the font style of the selected content.
The font style.
Changes the strike-through of the selected content.
If set to true, a strike-through will be applied to the selected content.
Toggles the font weight of the selected content between and .
Toggles the font style of the selected content between and .
Toggles the strike-through of the selected content.
Changes the baseline alignment of the selected content.
The baseline alignment to be applied.
Changes the font family of the selected content.
The font family to be applied.
Changes the size of the font of the selected content.
Size of the font.
Decrements the size of the font of the selected content with 2 points.
Increments the size of the font of the selected content with 2 points.
Changes the span style of the selected content.
The style information.
Changes the fore color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the highlight color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the underline color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the underline decoration of the selected content.
The value.
Clears the character formatting of the selected content.
Changes the size of an image.
The whose size should be changed.
The new size.
Changes the rotate angle of an image.
The .
The new angle.
Changes the paragraph style of the selected content.
The style information.
Changes the list style of the specified paragraphs.
The style.
The paragraphs.
Changes the paragraph list style of the selected paragraphs.
The style.
Changes the text alignment of the selected paragraphs.
The alignment.
Changes the background of the selected paragraphs.
The color.
Changes the flow direction of the selected paragraphs.
The flow direction.
Changes the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
The line spacing.
Changes the type of the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
Type of the line spacing.
Changes the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
The line spacing.
Type of the line spacing.
Increases the left indent of the selected paragraphs. The default step used for indentation is 24.
Decreases the left indent of the selected paragraphs. The default step used for indentation is 24.
Increments the left indent of the selected paragraphs. The default step used for indentation is 24.
Decrements the left indent of the selected paragraphs. The default step used for indentation is 24.
Changes the left indent of the selected paragraphs.
The left indent.
Changes the right indent of the selected paragraphs.
The right indent.
Changes the first line indent of the selected paragraphs.
The first line indent.
Changes the spacing before of the selected paragraphs.
The spacing before.
Changes the automatic spacing before of the selected paragraphs.
If set to true, the automatic spacing before will be enabled.
Changes the spacing after of the selected paragraphs.
The spacing after.
Changes the automatic spacing after of the selected paragraphs.
If set to true, the automatic spacing after will be enabled.
Changes the list level of the selected paragraphs.
The list level.
Increments the paragraph list level of the selected paragraphs.
A value determining how much the level should be increased.
Replaces a tab stop inside the selected paragraphs.
The old tab stop.
The new tab stop.
Adds a tab stop to the current paragraph.
The tab stop.
Adds a tab stop range to the current paragraph.
The tab stop collection.
Removes a tab stop from the selected paragraphs.
The tab stop.
Removes a collection of tab stops in the selected paragraphs.
The tab stops.
Clears the tab stops inside the selected paragraphs.
Clears the paragraph formatting of the selected content.
Clears all the formatting (character and paragraph) from the selected content.
Changes the property. This property indicates whether East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
If set to true, East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
Suppress the line numbering for selected paragraphs.
The paragraphs.
Changes the layout mode of the selected tables.
The table.
The table layout mode.
Changes the default cell padding of the selected tables.
The padding which will be used as a default value.
Changes the flow direction of the selected tables.
The flow direction.
Changes the indent of the selected tables.
The indent.
Changes the horizontal alignment of the selected tables.
The alignment.
Changes the preferred width of the selected tables.
Width of the table.
Changes the borders of the selected tables.
The table borders.
Changes the cell spacing of the selected tables.
The cell spacing.
Changes the look of the selected tables.
The look of a table defines the components of the conditional formatting which will be applied to it.
The table look.
Changes the height of a table row.
The table row.
The height.
Depending on the current value, enables or disables the repetition of a table row on every page.
The table row.
Changes the background of the selected table cells.
The color.
Changes the borders of the selected table cells.
A instance which will be applied on all borders of the cell.
Changes the borders of the selected table cells.
The border which will be used for all table cell borders.
Changes the content alignment of the selected table cells.
The text alignment.
The vertical alignment.
Changes the vertical content alignment of the selected table cells.
The alignment.
Changes the horizontal content alignment of the selected table cells.
The alignment.
Changes the padding of the selected table cells.
The padding.
Changes the page margin of the selected sections respecting their current orientation.
The margin.
Changes the page margin of the selected sections.
The margin.
Changes the page orientation of the selected sections.
The page orientation.
Changes the page size of the selected sections.
The new size. You can use the enumeration to get the desired size from the predefined values.
Sets a value determining whether the headers and footers of the first page in the selected sections are different than the ones of the other pages.
If set to true, the header and footer of the first page will be different than the rest of the pages in the section.
Changes the header top margin of the selected sections.
The section header top margin.
Changes the footer bottom margin of the selected sections.
The section footer bottom margin.
Changes the numbering format of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the numbering format of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Sets a predefined watermark to the selected sections.
Type of the predefined watermark.
Sets a watermark to the selected sections.
The watermark settings describing the watermark that will be applied.
Changes the first page number of the selected sections.
The first page number.
Changes the section columns for the selected sections.
The section columns.
Changes the section columns for a given collection of elements.
The section columns.
The sections.
Changes the section columns for a given collection of elements.
The section columns layout.
Changes the line numbering for a given collection of elements.
The line numbering.
Changes the restart type of line numberings for the selected sections.
The line numbering restart type.
Changes the value determining whether the sections should have different odd and even pages header/footer.
true, if the even and odd page header/footer should differ.
Changes the numbering format of the footnotes in the document.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the footnotes in the document.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the document.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the position of the footnotes in the document.
The footnotes position.
Changes the numbering format of the endnotes in the document.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the endnotes in the document.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the document.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the position of the endnotes in the document.
The position.
Changes default tab stop width for the document.
Width of the tab.
Sets a value determining whether the strict line breaking rule will be applied to Japanese text in this document.
if set to true, the strict line breaking rule will be applied.
Sets a rule determining which characters cannot start a line in East-Asian languages.
The rule.
Sets a rule determining which characters cannot end a line in East-Asian languages.
The line breaking character rule.
Sets the language whose rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs.
The line breaking rule language.
Represents a text column in a .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The column width.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The column width.
The space after the column.
Gets or sets the column width.
The column width.
Gets or sets the space after the column.
The spacing after.
Represents the evaluation context of a field.
Gets the document.
The document.
Gets the main document. This property is null if the field is not in a child document.
The main document.
Gets the associated layout box in main document. This property is null if the field is not in a child document.
The associated layout box in main document.
Manager class that hosts field updates logic.
Registers the update priority for field of given type.
Type of the field.
The priority.
Registers the update priority for field of given type.
Type of the field.
Information needed for updating a field.
Defines the update behavior of a field when it is in header/footer.
Defines the field should be updated on layout pass. For example when header/footer is showing.
The default field update behavior value.
Defines the field should be updated when explicit update is performed.
Holds information used when specific field type is updated as part of updating all fields in the document.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the priority of the field update operation.
The priority.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the document have to be paginated during the field update operation.
The needs pagination.
Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
A hash code for the current .
Determines whether the specified is equal
to the current .
The instance to compare with the current object.
true if the specified is equal to the
current ; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the specified is equal
to the current .
The object to compare with the current object.
true if the specified is equal to the
current ; otherwise, false.
Indicator interface for annotation markers denoting read-only ranges.
Represents the end marker of a bookmark.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Represents the behavior when the Delete key is pressed over the annotation.
The delete behavior.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the annotation.
The backspace behavior.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates the range start instance.
The created .
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Represents the start marker of a bookmark.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the name of the bookmark.
The name.
Represents the behavior when the Delete key is pressed over the annotation.
The delete behavior.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the annotation.
The backspace behavior.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The name of the bookmark.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Defines values determining how bookmarks will be sorted.
Sort bookmarks by their name.
Sort bookmarks by their location.
Defines values for border style.
The border style is inherited from a parent.
No border.
Single-line border.
Dotted border.
Dash border with a small gap.
Dashed border.
Dot-dash border.
Dot-dot-dash border.
Double border.
3D embossed border.
3D engraved border.
Represents a definition for a caption.
Gets or sets the label.
The label.
Gets or sets the numbering format.
The numbering format.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is linked to a heading.
true if this instance is linked to heading; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the linked heading level.
The linked heading level.
Gets or sets the type of the separator.
The type of the separator.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is a default caption.
true if this instance is default; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The label.
The format.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The label.
The format.
The linked heading level.
The separator.
Registers a code language and its corresponding tagger.
The code language.
The tagger.
Unregisters a code language and its corresponding tagger.
The code language.
Registers classification type and its corresponding style.
The classification type.
The style definition.
Registers classification type for a specific code language and its corresponding style.
The type.
The code language.
The style definition.
Unregisters classification type and its corresponding style.
The classification type.
Unregisters classification type for a specific code language and its corresponding style.
The type.
The code language.
Gets all registered the code languages.
Creates fragment containing formatted code block.
The code.
The settings.
DocumentFragments with formatted code block
Gets the tagger registered for a specific code language.
The code language.
Represents setting used from to format source code .
Initializes a new instance of the class. You can use the predefined languages from class, or create custom ones.
The code language.
Gets or sets the code language.
The code language.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether line numbering is enabled.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether lines are formatted with alternating styles.
Creates regular expression by a list of keywords.
A list of keywords.
Represents platform independent new line constant.
Read Only mode. Modifications are not allowed.
Class describing the protection settings which can be applied on a .
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the document protection is enabled.
true if document protection is enabled; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the protection mode.
The protection mode.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this are enforced.
true if the settings are enforced; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the hashing algorithm. The supported for document protection values are and .
The hashing algorithm.
Gets or sets the count of hashing spins which should be used when protecting.
The hashing spin count.
Gets or sets the salt.
The salt.
Gets or sets the password hash.
The password hash.
Gets a value indicating whether the applied to this instance is supported.
true if this instance is hashing algorithm supported; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has password.
true if this instance has password; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class by copying the settings from another instance.
The source.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Implements the operator ==.
The first.
The second.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator !=.
The first.
The second.
The result of the operator.
Occurs when a property value changes.
Represents a collection of all document variables in a .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated document.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated document.
A collection of document variables which will be added to the associated document.
Adds an element with the provided key and value to the .
The object to use as the key of the element to add.
The object to use as the value of the element to add.
Determines whether the contains an element with the specified key.
The key to locate in the .
if the contains an element with the key; otherwise, .
Gets an containing the keys of the .
Removes the element with the specified key from the .
The key of the element to remove.
if the element is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original .
Gets the value associated with the specified key.
The key whose value to get.
When this method returns, the value associated with the specified key, if the key is found; otherwise, the default value for the type of the parameter. This parameter is passed uninitialized.
if the object that implements contains an element with the specified key; otherwise, .
Gets an containing the values in the .
Gets or sets the variable with the specified key.
The document variable.
The key of the variable.
The document variable.
Removes all items from the .
Gets the number of elements contained in the .
Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
Evaluates the variable value.
Name of the variable.
The value of the variable.
Represents information about a document variable.
Gets or sets the name.
The name.
Gets or sets the value.
The value.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The name.
The value.
Class describing the properties of the watermark of a .
Gets or sets the settings for a text watermark.
The text settings.
Gets or sets the settings for a image watermark.
The image settings.
Gets or sets the type of the watermark.
The type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Sets a predefined watermark.
The type of the predefined watermark.
Creates a deep copy of the current instance.
The copied element.
Occurs after changing a property value.
Represents the end marker for a field range in a .
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the field range.
The backspace behavior.
Represents the behavior when the field range is selected and Backspace or Delete keys are pressed.
The delete selected behavior.
Represents the start marker for a field range in a .
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for a , then if you move the caret to the field start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Represents the behavior when the Delete key is pressed over the field range.
The delete behavior.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the field range.
The backspace behavior.
Represents the behavior when the field range is selected and Backspace or Delete keys are pressed.
The delete selected behavior.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the name of the field type.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the used to create the code fragment of the field.
Gets the code of the field.
The date time formatting.
The general formatting.
The numeric formatting.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the properties of the field from a instance.
The field code expression.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Invalidates the code fragment of the field. The next time the code fragment is requested, it will be built anew.
Gets the code fragment of the field. If the code is currently not valid, it will be rebuilt.
The code fragment
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Gets the value indicating whether the code in the code fragment is currently valid.
The value indicating whether the code in the code fragment is currently valid.
CodeBasedFieldFactory contains methods for the construction of fields.
Registers the field type and its corresponding factory method.
The field type name, which can be found in .
The factory method.
Registers the field type in the factory.
The field whose type will be registered.
Creates a field from its field code.
The field code.
Creates a field from a document fragment, containing the field code.
The document fragment, containing the field code.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the value indicating whether the field type has a display name fragment.
If it doesn't, when its display mode is set to display name, the result fragment will be used instead.
Gets the name of the field type.
Gets the instance associated with this field.
Gets or sets the current display mode of the field.
Gets the evaluation context of a field.
The evaluation context.
Gets the document associated with the field.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets one of the fragments of the field on the basis of .
The fragment.
Gets a fragment of the field corresponding to .
The display mode.
The fragment corresponding to the display mode.
Sets the fragment of the field corresponding to .
The display mode.
The fragment to be set corresponding to the .
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Updates the field. Updates all nested fields and rebuilds the fragments.
Creates a document fragment from a string. The style properties of the elements in the fragment
are based on the style properties of the FieldRangeStart and the parent paragraph.
The text to create a fragment from.
The document fragment.
Gets the code fragment of the field.
The code fragment.
Gets the display name fragment of the field if the field has such.
The display name fragment.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the value indicating whether the code in the code fragment is currently valid.
The value indicating whether the code in the code fragment is currently valid.
Creates a deep copy of the field.
The copy of the field.
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Represents the possible display mode values a field can have.
When a field has display mode Code, it is visualized in the document using its code fragment.
When a field has display mode DisplayName, it is visualized in the document using its display name fragment if the field has such. If it doesn't, the result fragment is used instead.
When a field has display mode Result, it is visualized in the document using its result fragment.
Gets the associated to this instance.
The field range start.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates the range start instance.
The created .
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Represents the start marker for a field in a .
Gets or sets the field.
The field.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Updates the .
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Represents a hyperlink field.
Gets the name of the field type.
The URI to navigate to.
Gets or sets the URI to navigate to..
The navigate URI.
Gets or sets the location in file.
The location in file.
Gets or sets the target of the hyperlink.
The target.
Gets or sets the hyperlink information.
The hyperlink information.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The hyperlink information.
The text of the hyperlink.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The hyperlink information.
The fragment representing the content of the hyperlink.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Represents INCLUDEPICTURE field.
The field type.
Gets the name of the field type.
Gets or sets the image URI.
The image URI.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Represents MERGEFIELD.
The field type.
Gets the value indicating whether the field type has a display name fragment.
If it doesn't, when its display mode is set to display name, the result fragment will be used instead.
Gets the name of the field type.
Gets or sets the property associated with this instance.
The property path/name.
Gets or sets the text before the field result, used when the latter is not empty.
The text.
Gets or sets the text after the field result, used when the latter is not empty.
The text.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Converts a value to string.
The value.
The string representation of the value.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the display name fragment of the field if the field has such.
The display name fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Represents a not supported field.
The field type.
Gets the name of the field type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The field code.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The field code represented as .
Gets the code fragment of the field.
The code fragment.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Represents document field that displays the total number of pages in the document.
Gets the name of the field type.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the name of the field type.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Gets the name of the field type.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Gets the name of the field type.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Gets the name of the field type.
Copies the field-specific properties from a .
The field code expression.
Builds the field-specific parts of the code fragment, using the current .
Copies all properties from another field of the same type.
The other field, which has to be of the same type as the current instance.
Builds the result fragment of the field.
The result fragment.
Creates a new instance of the current field class.
The new field instance.
Describes the horizontal position of a .
Determines the horizontal object or edge the position should be relative from.
The value.
Determines whether the position should be moved with a specific offset or aligned to other elements.
The type of the value.
Gets or sets the alignment.
The alignment.
Gets or sets the offset.
The offset.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The horizontal object or edge the position should be relative from.
The offset.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The horizontal object or edge the position should be relative from.
The alignment.
Describes the vertical position of a .
Determines the vertical object or edge the position should be relative from.
The value.
Determines whether the position should be moved with a specific offset or aligned to other elements.
The type of the value.
Gets or sets the alignment.
The alignment.
Gets or sets the offset.
The offset.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The vertical object or edge the position should be relative from.
The offset.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The vertical object or edge the position should be relative from.
The alignment.
Class representing floating container that can hold UI elements.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
An object which will be used to copy its properties to the new instance.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The UI element.
The size.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Represents a document footer.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The footer to clone.
Creates a new instance of the class.
Provides access to all footers inside .
Creates a new instance of the class.
The new instance.
Represents a document header.
Gets or sets the watermark settings.
The watermark settings.
Gets a value indicating whether header/footer is empty.
true if header/footer is empty; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The header to clone.
Copies the properties from another instance to the current one.
The to copy the properties from.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Occurs after changing the watermark settings.
Called after changing the watermark settings.
Provides the base functionality for and classes.
Gets or sets the body document.
The body document.
Gets the size.
Gets the document content size without padding.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is linked to previous.
true if this instance is linked to previous; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether header/footer is empty.
true if header/footer is empty; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The to clone.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another instance to the current one.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the properties from another instance to the current one.
The to copy the properties from.
Creates a deep copy of the current instance.
The copied object.
Occurs when header/footer body document is changed.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Specifies the type of header/footer.
Default header or footer.
Header or footer for first section page.
Header or footer for even pages.
Provides access to all headers of the document.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Provides the base functionality for and classes.
Should be or .
Gets or sets the first page header/footer.
The first page header/footer.
Gets or sets the default (odd) page header/footer.
The default (odd) page header/footer.
Gets or sets the even page header/footer.
The even page header/footer.
Gets a value indicating whether documents in First, Default and Even are empty.
true if documents in First, Default and Even are empty; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates a deep copy of the current instance.
The copied object.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another instance to the current one.
The object to copy the properties from.
Occurs when header/footer is changed.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Defines a block which can be positioned on its own line and wrapped up by the surrounding elements.
Gets or sets the horizontal position.
The horizontal position.
Value cannot be null.
Gets or sets the vertical position.
The vertical position.
Value cannot be null.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the block can overlap with other blocks.
true if the block can overlap with other blocks; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the margin.
The margin.
Value cannot be null.
Gets or sets a value defining how the other elements can be wrapped around the floating block.
The wrapping style.
Gets or sets the text wrap determining how the text should be positioned around the floating block.
The text wrap.
Gets a value indicating whether the block affects the layout of the document.
true if the is or ; false if the is or .
Defines the behavior when the users try to delete the element using the Delete key.
The behavior.
Defines the behavior when the users press the Backspace key to delete the element.
The behavior.
Defines the behavior when the users try to delete the element while the latter is selected.
The delete selected behavior.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the properties from another element into the current instance.
From element.
Creates a layout box for the element.
The document collection.
Copies the content of an element into the current instance.
From element.
Defines a floating block which contains an image.
Represents the image inside the floating block.
The image.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The stream from which to obtain the image source for the image inside the block.
The size of the element.
The extension of the image.
Initializes the element.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
The extension of the image.
Initializes the element.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
The size of the element.
The extension of the image.
Initializes a new instance of the class using a copy of another .
The other.
Creates a new instance of the class.
The new instance.
Represents information about a hyperlink.
Gets or sets the URI to navigate to.
The URI.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is anchor (points to a bookmark in the document).
true if this instance is anchor; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the target of the hyperlink.
The target.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates a deep copy of this instance.
The copied object.
Represents the end marker for a hyperlink range in a .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Determines whether the annotation should be treated as word separator.
Creates the range start instance.
The created .
Copies the content from override.
From element.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the field range.
The backspace behavior.
Represents the start marker for a hyperlink range in a .
Gets or sets the hyperlink information.
The hyperlink information.
Gets a value indicating whether the contents of the annotation should be included in the spellcheck.
true if the contents of the annotation should be included in the spellcheck; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the annotation should be treated as word separator.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Defines members for a non-visual editor for , which supports history and preserves the validity of the underlying document model.
Gets the current document.
Inserts an annotation range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the annotation range is inserted at the caret position.
The annotation range start.
The annotation range end.
Deletes an annotation range.
The start of the range that will be deleted.
Splits an annotation range at the caret position, resulting in two new ranges.
The annotation range start to be split.
Splits an annotation range at the specified position, resulting in two new ranges.
The annotation range start to be split.
The position where the range start should be split.
Inserts a bookmark around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the bookmark is inserted at the caret position.
Name of the bookmark.
Deletes a bookmark.
Name of the bookmark.
Deletes a bookmark.
The bookmark range start.
Inserts a new permission range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the permission range is inserted at the caret position.
The permissions for the new range.
Deletes a permission range.
The permission range start.
Updates the permissions inside the current selection.
Permissions to add.
Permissions to remove.
Inserts a comment around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the comment is inserted at the caret position.
The comment.
Deletes the current comment.
Deletes a comment.
The comment range start.
Deletes all comments in the document.
Inserts a read only range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the range is inserted at the caret position.
Deletes the read only range at the current caret position or inside the current selection.
Deletes read only range.
The read only range that is to be deleted.
Inserts a hyperlink in the document.
The hyperlink info.
Inserts collection of inlines as hyperlink into the document.
The hyperlink info.
The inlines in the hyperlink.
Inserts a hyperlink in the document.
The hyperlink info.
The hyperlink text.
Deletes the current hyperlink.
Deletes a hyperlink.
The hyperlink range start.
Inserts footnote at the current position.
Inserts the footnote at the current position.
The footnote.
Inserts endnote at the current position.
Inserts the endnote at the current position.
The endnote.
Inserts a caption around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the caption is inserted at the current caret position.
The definition of the caption.
The caption text to be used.
If set to true, the label is included in the caption.
If set to true, the caption is inserted after the current selection.
Updates all captions in the document related to a caption definition.
The caption definition.
Inserts a cross-reference to a bookmark into the document at the current caret position.
Name of the bookmark.
Type of the content.
If set to true, the cross-reference is inserted as a hyperlink.
Inserts a cross-reference to a caption into the document at the current caret position.
The paragraph containing the caption sequence field.
The reference content type. If the paragraph doesn't have applied a Caption style, the method will not be executed.
A parameter indicating whether the cross-reference field should be a hyperlink.
Inserts a cross-reference to a paragraph with Heading style into the document at the current caret position.
The paragraph. If the paragraph doesn't have applied a Heading style, the method will not be executed.
Type of the content.
If set to true, the cross-reference is inserted as a hyperlink.
Accepts a revision.
The revision.
Rejects a revision.
The revision.
Accepts all revisions in the document.
Rejects all revisions in the document.
Changes the display mode of a field.
The field start.
The new display mode.
Changes the display mode of all fields in the document.
The display mode which will be used for the fields.
Toggles the display mode of a field.
The field start.
Changes the bibliographic style of all bibliography related fields in the document.
The new bibliographic style.
Inserts a field into the document at the current caret position.
The field.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Inserts a field into the document at the current caret position in a specified display mode.
The field.
The display mode.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates a field.
The field start.
Updates all fields in the document.
Updates all fields in the document and displays them in the specified display mode.
The display mode which will be used for the fields.
Inserts text into the document at the current caret position.
The text to insert.
Inserts a fragment at the current caret position.
The fragment to insert.
Inserts a fragment at a specified position. Document selection should be cleared in advance.
The fragment to insert.
The document position to insert the fragment at.
Inserts an inline shape into the document at the current caret position.
The type of shape.
Shape's initial size.
Inserts an inline image into the document at the current caret position.
The stream to the image's contents.
The extension specifying the image format.
Inserts inline element into the document at the current caret position.
The inline element to insert.
Inserts inline element into the document at a specified caret position. Document selection should be cleared in advance.
The inline element to insert.
The document position to insert the inline at.
Inserts a new paragraph at the current caret position.
Inserts text at the current caret position and adds a new paragraph after it.
The text.
Inserts a line break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a page break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a column break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a section break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a section break of the specified type into the document at the current caret position.
The type of the section break.
Copies the currently selected document elements into the clipboard.
Cuts the currently selected document elements into the clipboard.
Pastes the content of the clipboard into the document.
Pastes the content of the clipboard into the document.
Copies the formatting of the current selection.
A value indicating whether the copy was successful.
Pastes the currently copied formatting on the current selection.
A value indicating whether the paste was successful.
Moves the current selection along with the selected document elements to a specified position.
The start position where the selection should be moved to.
true, if the current selection and contained elements should be deleted on the original position.
Deletes content from the document. If the is not empty, deletes the selected content. Otherwise, deletes the character next to the .
If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.
Changes the Tag property of a specified DocumentElement.
The .
The new tag value.
Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document.
Name of the style to be applied.
Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document.
Name of the style.
If true, the linked style may be used depending on the selection.
Changes the baseline alignment of the selected content.
The baseline alignment to be applied.
Changes the font family of the selected content.
The font family to be applied.
Changes the size of the font of the selected content.
Size of the font.
Decrements the size of the font of the selected content with 2 points.
Increments the size of the font of the selected content with 2 points.
Changes the span style of the selected content.
The style information.
Changes the fore color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the highlight color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the underline color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the underline decoration of the selected content.
The value.
Toggles the font weight of the selected content.
Changes the font weight of the selected content. If selection is not present, the current editing style is updated.
The font weight.
Toggles the font style of the selected content between and .
Changes the font style of the selected content.
The font style.
Toggles the strike-through of the selected content.
Changes the strike-through of the selected content.
If set to true, a strike-through will be applied to the selected content.
Clears the character formatting of the selected content.
Changes the rotate angle of an image.
The .
The new angle.
Changes the size of an image.
The which is modified.
The new size.
Changes the fill of a shape outline.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the fill of a shape.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the rotate angle of a shape.
The .
The new angle.
Changes the size of a shape.
The whose size should be changed.
The new size.
Changes the width of a shape outline.
The which is modified.
The new width value.
Changes the width of a shape outline.
The which is modified.
The new dashing pattern.
Changes the vertical alignment of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new vertical alignment.
Changes the left margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new left margin.
Changes the right margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new right margin.
Changes the top margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new top margin.
Changes the bottom margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new bottom margin.
Changes the rotation angle of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new rotation angle (in degrees).
Changes a value that indicates whether shape's text box element will rotate when the shape is rotated.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element rotation behavior.
Changes a value that indicates whether shape's text box element should wrap text vertically.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element wrap behavior.
Changes a value that indicates whether the parent shape should be horizontally resized in accordance to
the text box element's width.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element wrap behavior.
Initializes a text box element for a shape that does not have any.
The .
Initiates editing of a shape's text box element.
The .
Inserts a placeholder text box element to the document. It comes with a default shape layout.
Changes the fill of a shape's text outline.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the fill of a shape's text.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the dash of a shape's text outline dash.
The which is modified.
The new dashing pattern.
Changes the width of a shape's outline width.
The which is modified.
The new width value.
Changes the paragraph style of the selected content.
The style information.
Changes the paragraph list style of the selected paragraphs.
The style.
Changes the text alignment of the selected paragraphs.
The alignment.
Changes the background of the selected paragraphs.
The color.
Changes the flow direction of the selected paragraphs.
The flow direction.
Changes the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
The line spacing.
Changes the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
The line spacing.
Type of the line spacing.
Changes the type of the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
Type of the line spacing.
Changes the left indent of the selected paragraphs.
The left indent.
Changes the right indent of the selected paragraphs.
The right indent.
Changes the first line indent of the selected paragraphs.
The first line indent.
Increments the left indent of the selected paragraphs.
Decrements the left indent of the selected paragraphs.
Changes the spacing before of the selected paragraphs.
The spacing before.
Changes the automatic spacing before of the selected paragraphs.
If set to true, the automatic spacing before will be enabled.
Changes the spacing after of the selected paragraphs.
The spacing after.
Changes the automatic spacing after of the selected paragraphs.
If set to true, the automatic spacing after will be enabled.
Changes the list level of the selected paragraphs.
The list level.
Changes the property. This property indicates whether East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
If set to true, East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
Replaces a tab stop inside the selected paragraphs.
The old tab stop.
The new tab stop.
Adds a tab stop to the current paragraph.
The tab stop.
Adds a tab stop range to the current paragraph.
The tab stop collection.
Removes a tab stop from the selected paragraphs.
The tab stop.
Removes a collection of tab stops in the selected paragraphs.
The tab stops.
Clears the tab stops inside the selected paragraphs.
Clears all the formatting (character and paragraph) from the selected content.
Inserts a new table in the document.
Number of the rows in the table.
Number of the columns in the table.
Inserts a table in the document.
The table.
Deletes the table the current caret position is in.
Deletes a table.
The to delete.
Deletes a table row.
The to delete.
Inserts a table column in the table which is under the caret position.
Inserts a table column to the left in the table which is under the caret position.
Inserts a table column to the right in the table which is under the caret position.
Deletes the current table column which is under the caret position.
Changes the width of a table column.
You could specify different width type through the method.
The table.
The index of the column.
The new value for the column width.
Changes the width of a table column.
The table.
The index of the column.
The new value for the column width.
Inserts a new table row in the table under the caret position.
Inserts a table row above the one under the caret position.
Inserts a table row below the one under the caret position.
Changes the height of a table row.
The table row.
The height.
Depending on the current value, enables or disables the repetition of a table row on every page.
The table row.
Deletes the table row under the caret position.
Changes the borders of the selected tables.
The table borders.
Changes the background of the selected table cells.
The color.
Changes the borders of the selected table cells.
A instance which will be applied on all borders of the cell.
Changes the borders of the selected table cells.
The border which will be used for all table cell borders.
Changes the content alignment of the selected table cells.
The text alignment.
The vertical alignment.
Changes the vertical content alignment of the selected table cells.
The alignment.
Changes the horizontal content alignment of the selected table cells.
The alignment.
Changes the padding of the selected table cells.
The padding.
Changes the cell spacing of the selected tables.
The cell spacing.
Changes the layout mode of the selected tables.
The table.
The table layout mode.
Changes the default cell padding of the selected tables.
The padding which will be used as a default value.
Changes the flow direction of the selected tables.
The flow direction.
Changes the indent of the selected tables.
The indent.
Changes the horizontal alignment of the selected tables.
The alignment.
Changes the preferred width of the selected tables.
Width of the table.
Changes the look of the selected tables.
The look of a table defines the components of the conditional formatting which will be applied to it.
The table look.
Merges the currently selected table cells into one.
Splits the currently selected table cell.
Creates a new list from the current paragraph. The paragraph must be in a list, otherwise this method does nothing.
A boolean value determining whether the operation completed successfully.
Removes all paragraphs from the current list and continues the first possible list before that paragraph. The paragraph must be in a list and should be first in the list, otherwise this method does nothing.
A boolean value indicating whether the operation completed successfully.
Skips numbers and starts the counting of the current list from the specified value.
The numbers to skip.
A boolean value indicating whether the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the first data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the last data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using a specified data record.
The index of the record to be shown.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the previous data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the next data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Creates a new containing the result of merging the template with the values of the current data record.
The document.
Produces a mail merged document containing the results for all data records.
true, if each record should start on a new page.
The document containing the result of the operation.
Reverts the last executed command group.
Re-executes the last undone command group.
Begins a new group of actions which will appear as a single item in the document history.
Closes currently started undo-able group, started with , and adds an action in the document history.
Closes currently started undo-able group, started with , and adds an action in the document history.
The display text which will be used for the undo group.
Cancels the currently started undo-able group, started with and undoes the actions executed since the starting of the group.
Changes the page margin of the selected sections respecting their current orientation.
The margin.
Changes the page margin of the selected sections.
The margin.
Changes the page orientation of the selected sections.
The page orientation.
Changes the page size of the selected sections.
The new size. You can use the enumeration to get the desired size from the predefined values.
Changes the header top margin of the selected sections.
The section header top margin.
Changes the footer bottom margin of the selected sections.
The section footer bottom margin.
Sets a value determining whether the headers and footers of the first page in the selected sections are different than the ones of the other pages.
If set to true, the header and footer of the first page will be different than the rest of the pages in the section.
Changes the numbering format of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the numbering format of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the first page number of the selected sections.
The first page number.
Sets a predefined watermark to the selected sections.
Type of the predefined watermark.
Sets a watermark to the selected sections.
The watermark settings describing the watermark that will be applied.
Changes the section columns for the selected sections.
The section columns.
Changes the line numbering for the selected sections.
The line numbering.
Changes the restart type of line numberings for the selected sections.
The line numbering restart type.
Suppress the line numbering for selected paragraphs.
The paragraphs.
Changes the section columns for a given collection of elements.
The section columns layout.
Changes the section header.
The section.
Type of the header.
The header.
Changes the section footer.
The section.
Type of the footer.
The footer.
Changes the value indicating whether the section header should be linked to the header of the previous section.
The section.
Type of the header.
true if the header should be linked.
Changes the value indicating whether the section footer should be linked to the footer of the previous section.
The section.
Type of the footer.
true if the footer should be linked.
Changes the value determining whether the sections should have different odd and even pages header/footer.
true, if the even and odd page header/footer should differ.
Changes the numbering format of the footnotes in the document.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the footnotes in the document.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the document.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the position of the footnotes in the document.
The footnotes position.
Changes the numbering format of the endnotes in the document.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the endnotes in the document.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the document.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the position of the endnotes in the document.
The position.
Changes default tab stop width for the document.
Width of the tab.
Sets a value determining whether the strict line breaking rule will be applied to Japanese text in this document.
if set to true, the strict line breaking rule will be applied.
Sets a rule determining which characters cannot start a line in East-Asian languages.
The rule.
Sets a rule determining which characters cannot end a line in East-Asian languages.
The line breaking character rule.
Sets the language whose rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs.
The line breaking rule language.
Inserts a code block at the caret position. If the caret position is in code block, replaces the current code block.
The code to insert.
The settings which will be used for the code block.
Deletes a code block.
The of the block to delete.
Gets a read-only collection of the characters for which the rule will be applied.
The characters.
Gets the language for which the rule will be applied.
The language.
This property supports serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This constructor supports serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the annotation should be treated as word separator.
Represents the behavior when the Delete key is pressed over the annotation.
The delete behavior.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the field range.
The backspace behavior.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for a , then if you move the caret to the field start and start typing,the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Determines whether the annotation should be treated as word separator.
Gets a value indicating whether the contents of the annotation should be included in the spellcheck.
true if the contents of the annotation should be included in the spellcheck; otherwise, false.
Represents the behavior when the Delete key is pressed over the field range.
The delete behavior.
Represents the behavior when the Backspace key is pressed over the field range.
The backspace behavior.
Represents the behavior when the field range is selected and Backspace or Delete keys are pressed.
The delete selected behavior.
Updates the associated to the annotation.
Class holding information about the permissions inside a .
Gets the type of the permission.
The type of the permission.
Gets the name of the permission.
The name of the permission.
Gets the display name.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The name.
The type.
The display name.
Creates an 'Everyone' permission.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Represents the end marker for a permission range in a .
Creates a object.
The created .
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Class holding information about a .
Gets or sets the type of the permission.
The type of the permission.
Gets or sets the name of the permission.
The name of the permission.
Gets the color for this permission.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Creates a deep copy of the current instance.
The copied object.
Represents the start marker for a permission range in a .
Gets or sets the information about the range.
The information.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Describes the possible types of permissions.
Everyone can edit.
A specific group can edit.
Only individual user can edit.
Defines the default styles for a .
The default document style name.
The default document style display name.
The default normal table style name.
The default normal table style display name.
The default table style name.
The default table grid style display name.
The default paragraph font style display name.
The default paragraph font style name.
The line numbering style display name.
The Normal style name.
The Normal style display name.
The Normal Web style name.
The Normal Web style display name.
The Hyperlink style name.
The Hyperlink style display name.
The Caption style display name.
The Caption style name.
The Table of Figures display style name.
The Table of Figures style name.
The Footnote Reference style name.
The Footnote Reference style display name.
The Footnote Text style name.
The Footnote Text style display name.
The Footnote Text Character style name.
The Footnote Text Character style display name.
The Endnote Reference style name.
The Endnote Reference style display name.
The Endnote Text style name.
The Endnote Text style display name.
The Endnote Text Character style name.
The Endnote Text Character style display name.
The Code Block style name.
The Code Block style display name.
The Code Block Line style name.
The Code Block Line style display name.
The Code Block Line Alternate style name.
The Code Block Line Alternate style display name.
The Light Shading style name.
The Light Shading style display name.
The Light Shading Accent style name.
The Light Shading Accent style display name.
The Light List style name.
The Light List style display name.
The Light List Accent style name.
The Light List Accent style display name.
The Colorful Grid style name.
The Colorful Grid style display name.
The Colorful Grid Accent style name.
The Colorful Grid Accent style display name.
The Colorful List style name.
The Colorful List style display name.
The Colorful List Accent style name.
The Colorful List Accent style display name.
The Colorful Shading style name.
The Colorful Shading style display name.
The Colorful Shading Accent style name.
The Colorful Shading Accent style display name.
The Dark List style name.
The Dark List style display name.
The Dark List Accent style name.
The Dark List Accent style display name.
The Light Grid style name.
The Light Grid style display name.
The Light Grid Accent style name.
The Light Grid Accent style display name.
The Medium Grid1 style name.
The Medium Grid1 style display name.
The Medium Grid1 Accent style name.
The Medium Grid1 Accent style display name.
The Medium Grid2 style name.
The Medium Grid2 style display name.
The Medium Grid2 Accent style name.
The Medium Grid2 Accent style display name.
The Medium Grid3 style name.
The Medium Grid3 style display name.
The Medium Grid3 Accent style name.
The Medium Grid3 Accent style display name.
The Medium List1 style name.
The Medium List1 style display name.
The Medium List1 Accent style name.
The Medium List1 Accent style display name.
The Medium List2 style name.
The Medium List2 style display name.
The Medium List2 Accent style name.
The Medium List2 Accent style display name.
The Medium Shading1 style name.
The Medium Shading1 style display name.
The Medium Shading1 Accent style name.
The Medium Shading1 Accent style display name.
The Medium Shading2 style name.
The Medium Shading2 style display name.
The Medium Shading2 Accent style name.
The Medium Shading2 Accent style display name.
The Grid Table1 Light style name.
The Grid Table1 Light style display name.
The Grid Table1 Light Accent style name.
The Grid Table1 Light Accent style display name.
The Grid Table2 style name.
The Grid Table2 style display name.
The Grid Table2 Accent style name.
The Grid Table2 Accent style display name.
The Grid Table3 style name.
The Grid Table3 style display name.
The Grid Table3 Accent style name.
The Grid Table3 Accent style display name.
The Grid Table4 style name.
The Grid Table4 style display name.
The Grid Table4 Accent style name.
The Grid Table4 Accent style display name.
The Grid Table5 Dark style name.
The Grid Table5 Dark style display name.
The Grid Table5 Dark Accent style name.
The Grid Table5 Dark Accent style display name.
The Grid Table6 Colorful style name.
The Grid Table6 Colorful style display name.
The Grid Table6 Colorful Accent style name.
The Grid Table6 Colorful Accent style display name.
The Grid Table7 Colorful style name.
The Grid Table7 Colorful style display name.
The Grid Table7 Colorful Accent style name.
The Grid Table7 Colorful Accent style display name.
The List Table1 Light style name.
The List Table1 Light style display name.
The List Table1 Light Accent style name.
The List Table1 Light Accent style display name.
The List Table2 style name.
The List Table2 style display name.
The List Table2 Accent style name.
The List Table2 Accent style display name.
The List Table3 style name.
The List Table3 style display name.
The List Table3 Accent style name.
The List Table3 Accent style display name.
The List Table4 style name.
The List Table4 style display name.
The List Table4 Accent style name.
The List Table4 Accent style display name.
The List Table5 Dark style name.
The List Table5 Dark style display name.
The List Table5 Dark Accent style name.
The List Table5 Dark Accent style display name.
The List Table6 Colorful style name.
The List Table6 Colorful style display name.
The List Table6 Colorful Accent style name.
The List Table6 Colorful Accent style display name.
The List Table7 Colorful style name.
The List Table7 Colorful style display name.
The List Table7 Colorful Accent style name.
The List Table7 Colorful Accent style display name.
The Table Grid Light style name.
The Table Grid Light style display name.
The Table Grid Light Accent style name.
The Table Grid Light Accent style display name.
The Plain Table1 style name.
The Plain Table1 style display name.
The Plain Table1 Accent style name.
The Plain Table1 Accent style display name.
The Plain Table2 style name.
The Plain Table2 style display name.
The Plain Table2 Accent style name.
The Plain Table2 Accent style display name.
The Plain Table3 style name.
The Plain Table3 style display name.
The Plain Table3 Accent style name.
The Plain Table3 Accent style display name.
The Plain Table4 style name.
The Plain Table4 style display name.
The Plain Table4 Accent style name.
The Plain Table4 Accent style display name.
The Plain Table5 style name.
The Plain Table5 style display name.
The Plain Table5 Accent style name.
The Plain Table5 Accent style display name.
Gets the heading style display name by index.
The index.
The heading style display name.
Gets the name of the heading style by index.
The index.
The heading style name.
Gets the name of the heading character style by index.
The index.
The heading character style name.
Gets the display name of the heading character style by index.
The index of the heading style.
The heading character style display name.
Gets the display name of the Table of Contents style by index.
The index of the TOC.
The Table of Contents style display name.
Gets the name of the Table of Contents style by index.
The index of the TOC.
The Table of Contents style name.
Gets a light shading accent style display name by index.
The index.
The light shading accent style display name.
Gets a light shading accent style name by index.
The index.
The light shading accent style name.
Gets a light list accent style display name by index.
The index.
The light list accent style display name.
Gets a light list accent style name by index.
The index.
The light list accent style name.
Gets a colorful grid accent style display name by index.
The index.
The colorful grid accent style display name.
Gets a colorful grid accent style name by index.
The index.
The colorful grid accent style name.
Gets a colorful list accent style display name by index.
The index.
The colorful list accent style display name.
Gets a colorful list accent style name by index.
The index.
The colorful list accent style name.
Gets a colorful shading accent style display name by index.
The index.
The colorful shading accent style display name.
Gets a colorful shading accent style name by index.
The index.
The colorful shading accent style name.
Gets a dark list accent style display name by index.
The index.
The dark list accent style display name.
Gets a dark list accent style name by index.
The index.
The dark list accent style name.
Gets a light list accent style display name by index.
The index.
The light list accent style display name.
Gets a light list accent style name by index.
The index.
The light list accent style name.
Gets the medium grid1 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium grid1 accent style display name.
Gets the medium grid1 accent style name by index.
The index.
The medium grid1 accent style name.
Gets the medium grid2 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium grid2 accent style display name.
Gets the medium grid2 accent style name by index.
The index.
The medium grid2 accent style name.
Gets the medium grid3 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium grid3 accent style display name.
Gets the medium grid3 accent style name by index.
The index.
The medium grid3 accent style name.
Gets the medium list1 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium list1 accent style display name.
Gets the medium list1 accent style name by index.
The index.
The medium list1 accent style name.
Gets the medium list2 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium list2 accent style display name.
Gets the medium list2 accent style name by index.
The index.
The medium list2 accent style name.
Gets the medium shading1 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium shading1 accent style display name.
Gets the medium shading1 accent style name by index.
The index.
The medium shading1 accent style name.
Gets the medium shading2 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium shading2 accent style display name.
Gets the medium shading2 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The medium shading2 accent style display name.
Gets the grid table1 light accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table1 light accent style display name.
Gets the grid table1 light accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table1 light accent style name.
Gets the grid table2 light accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table2 light accent style display name.
Gets the grid table2 light accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table2 light accent style name.
Gets the grid table3 light accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table3 light accent style display name.
Gets the grid table3 light accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table3 light accent style name.
Gets the grid table4 light accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table4 light accent style display name.
Gets the grid table4 light accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table4 light accent style name.
Gets the grid table5 dark accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table5 dark accent style display name.
Gets the grid table5 dark accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table5 dark accent style name.
Gets the grid table6 colorful accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table6 colorful accent style display name.
Gets the grid table6 colorful accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table6 colorful accent style name.
Gets the grid table7 colorful accent style display name by index.
The index.
The grid table7 colorful accent style display name.
Gets the grid table7 colorful accent style name by index.
The index.
The grid table7 colorful accent style name.
Gets the list table1 light accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table1 light accent style display name.
Gets the list table1 light accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table1 light accent style name.
Gets the list table2 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table2 accent style display name.
Gets the list table2 accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table2 accent style name.
Gets the list table3 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table3 accent style display name.
Gets the list table3 accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table3 accent style name.
Gets the list table4 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table4 accent style display name.
Gets the list table4 accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table4 accent style name.
Gets the list table5 dark accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table5 dark accent style display name.
Gets the list table5 dark accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table5 dark accent style name.
Gets the list table6 colorful accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table6 colorful accent style display name.
Gets the list table6 colorful accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table6 colorful accent style name.
Gets the list table7 colorful accent style display name by index.
The index.
The list table7 colorful accent style display name.
Gets the list table7 colorful accent style name by index.
The index.
The list table7 colorful accent style name.
Gets the table grid light accent style display name by index.
The index.
The table grid light accent style display name.
Gets the table grid light accent style name by index.
The index.
The table grid light accent style name.
Gets the plain table1 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The plain table1 accent style display name.
Gets the plain table1 accent style name by index.
The index.
The plain table1 accent style name.
Gets the plain table2 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The plain table2 accent style display name.
Gets the plain table2 accent style name by index.
The index.
The plain table2 accent style name.
Gets the plain table3 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The plain table3 accent style display name.
Gets the plain table3 accent style name by index.
The index.
The plain table3 accent style name.
Gets the plain table4 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The plain table4 accent style display name.
Gets the plain table4 accent style name by index.
The index.
The plain table4 accent style name.
Gets the plain table5 accent style display name by index.
The index.
The plain table5 accent style display name.
Gets the plain table5 accent style name by index.
The index.
The plain table5 accent style name.
Represents the end marker for a read only range in a .
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for an , then if you move the caret to the annotation start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates the range start instance.
The created .
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Determines if the will be put before or after the annotation marker.
If the value of this property is true for a , then if you move the caret to the field start and start typing,
the newly inserted text will be considered as part of the annotation. Vice versa, if it is set to false, the typed text will be inserted before the annotation.
The behavior of is also controlled in the same manner.
true if the position before the marker will be skipped; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this range is editable.
true if this range is editable; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this range can be deleted.
true if this range is deletable; otherwise, false.
Represents the behavior when the range is selected and Backspace or Delete keys are pressed.
The delete selected behavior.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Gets the skip position before.
The skip position before.
Creates the new element instance.
Copies the content from override.
From element.
Represents a collection of instances.
Initializes a new instance of the class without columns.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The given collection of elements will be added in this collection.
The section columns.
If set to true a separator will be added between the columns.
Initializes a new instance of the class with equally sized columns and default spacing between them (48 DIPs).
The number of equally sized columns.
Initializes a new instance of the class with equally sized columns.
The number of equally sized columns.
The spacing between the equally sized columns. The default value is 48 DIPs.
If set to true a separator will be added between the equally sized columns. The default value is false.
Gets the enumerator.
This class supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This method supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This method supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This class supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Defines a floating block which contains a shape.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the shape inside the floating block.
Initializes a new instance of the class using a copy of another .
Creates a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the DrawingML text fill.
The fill.
Gets or sets the DrawingML outline color.
The color.
Gets or sets the outline width.
The outline width.
Gets or sets the outline width.
The outline width.
Gets or sets the text of the span.
The text.
Gets or sets the cursor type depending on the specific element inside the span.
An instance of determining the cursor representation.
Gets a value indicating whether this has underline applied to it.
true if the content is underlined; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the font family of the content.
The font family.
Gets or sets the theme font family.
The theme font family.
Gets or sets the font style.
The font style.
Gets or sets the font weight.
The font weight.
Gets or sets the size of the font. The value is in Device Independent Pixels.
The size of the font.
Gets or sets the fore color.
The color.
Gets or sets the theme fore color.
The color.
Gets or sets the theme fore color shade.
The theme fore color shade.
Gets or sets the theme fore color tint.
The theme fore color tint.
Gets or sets the color of the underline decoration.
The color.
Gets or sets the theme color of the underline decoration.
The color.
Gets or sets the theme underline color shade.
The theme underline color shade.
Gets or sets the theme underline color tint.
The theme underline color tint.
Gets or sets the color of the highlight.
The color.
Gets or sets the baseline alignment.
The baseline alignment.
Gets or sets the flow direction.
The flow direction.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this has a strike-through applied.
true if strike-through is applied; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the underline decoration.
The underline decoration.
String property that allows developers to attach custom data to the DocumentElement.
The value of this property will be copied to DocumentElements created out of this DocumentElement during editing.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class with applied text.
The text content of the span.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Creates a copy of an existing .
The original span.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Copies the properties of a instance to the current object.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the content of a instance to the current object.
The to copy the content from.
Determines whether a instance has the same style applied as the current one.
The other.
if set to true the is compared as well.
if set to true the name of the style applied to the spans is not compared.
true if the current instance and the one passed as a parameter have the same style applied; otherwise, false.
Creates a new span which is a copy of the contents between two positions of the current instance.
The start position.
The end position.
A new instance keeping the content between the specified positions.
Creates a new span which is a copy of the contents between the start of the current instance and a specified end position.
The end position.
A new instance keeping the contents between the start of the current instance and a specified end position.
Calculates the final size of the font depending on the value.
The calculated font size.
Creates a new instance.
The document collection.
The new instance.
Associates the with a new .
The original span.
The span layout box.
true, if instances have been moved.
Describes the different scenarios for inserting a structured document tag (Content Control) in RadDocument.
Executes the main insert logic.
Reprsents the case of inserting in the beginning of an empty paragraph.
Reprsents the case of inserting in the beginning of an empty table cell.
Reprsents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting a paragraph or a cell.
Reprsents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a paragraph or a cell.
Reprsents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting the end of a table or a table row.
Reprsents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control before another content control hosting multiple paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control after another content control hosting multiple paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control in a multiple selection scenario.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a table cell.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected paragraph.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a free selection.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a partially selected paragraph.
Updates the content according to the state of the properties.
Updates the associated style according to the state of the properties.
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of check box content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Executes the main insert logic.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Represents ContentGenerator for check box.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of combo box content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Represents ContentGenerator for combo box content control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents a base class for generating Content Controls' content.
Gets the associated properties.
Gets the name of the placeholder style
Retrieves the style associated with placeholder content.
Generates a document fragment in accordance to the state of the sdt properties.
Generates a placeholder content fragment.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents a base SdtBuilder class that contains common logic between controls.
Gets the assoiated SdtStart (start of Content Control range)
Represents the case of inserting in the beginning of an empty paragraph.
Represents the case of inserting in the beginning of an empty table cell.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting a paragraph or a cell.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a paragraph or a cell.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting the end of a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control before another content control hosting multiple paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control after another content control hosting multiple paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control in a multiple selection scenario.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a table cell.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected paragraph.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a free selection.
Updates the content according to the state of the properties.
Updates the content according to the state of the properties.
Updates the associated style according to the state of the properties.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a partially selected paragraph.
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of date content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of drop down list content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Represents ContentGenerator for drop down list content control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of picture content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Executes the main insert logic.
Represents the case of inserting in the beginning of an empty paragraph.
Represents the case of inserting in the beginning of an empty table cell.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting the end of a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a free selection.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected paragraph.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a table cell.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control in a multiple selection scenario.
Represents ContentGenerator for picture content control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the name of the placeholder style
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of RepeatingSection content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Executes the main insert logic.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a partially selected paragraph.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting the end of a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control after another content control hosting multiple paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that follows another content control hosting a paragraph or a cell.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control around a free selection.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a table or a table row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control before another content control hosting multiple paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting an inline content control that is placed just before another content control hosting a paragraph or a cell.
Represents ContentGenerator for repeating section content control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents an SdtBuilder that handles the generation of RepeatingSectionItem content controls.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents ContentGenerator for repeating section item content control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents ContentGenerator for rich text content control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents ContentGenerator for repeating plain text content control.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected image.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected paragraphs or tables.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around multiple selected rows.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected row.
Represents the case of inserting a content control around a single selected table.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Generates the actual content fragment (non-placeholder).
Represents the CheckBoxControlState class.
Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the control with this state should appear checked or not.
Represents the ComboBoxControlState class.
Gets or sets the value that indicates the selected item for the control with this state.
Gets the value that indicates the list of items linked to the control with this state.
Represents the ButtonContentControlState class.
Gets the value that indicates whether the control should show its button or not.
Represents the ContentControlPickerState class.
Gets the value that indicates height of the control's button.
Gets or sets the value that indicates the style for the control's content.
Represents the DatePickerControlState class.
Gets or sets the value that indicates the selected date.
Represents the PictureControlState class.
Gets the value that indicates the action which adds new picture.
Represents the RepeatingSectionItemControlState class.
Gets the value that indicates the action which add new repeating item.
Gets the value that indicates whether to allow insertions and deletions or not.
Represents the end of a structured document tag annotation.
Gets a list that contains all of the namespace prefix mappings deiend for the given element.
Gets or sets the name of the custom XML part.
Gets or sets the XPath to the mapped XML node.
Values specify the level on which a SDT is defined.
Values specify the locking behavior of SDTs and their content.
No locking
SDT element cannot be deleted.
SDT content cannot be edited
SDT cannot be deleted and its content cannot be edited.
Represents the different options for visualizing the outline of a ContentControl.
The content is wrapped in a bounding box that may also contain a drom down editor.
The content is wrapped in design view tag.
The content does not have outline visualization.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Bibliography type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of CheckBox type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the check box is checked.
Gets or sets the properties that describe the sdt when it is in checked state.
Gets or sets the properties that describe the sdt when it is in unchecked state.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Citation type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of ComboBox type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the content value.
Gets the items associated with this combo box.
Provides a ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Represent the data type used for storing mapped date values.
Value is stored as a date.
Value is stored as a date with a time component.
Value is stored as text.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Datе type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Gets or sets the date format pattern.
Gets or sets the culture used for formatting the date.
Gets or sets the data type that is used for storing mapped date time value.
Gets or set the type of calendar that is used for displaying the content.
Gets or sets the date time content.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of DocumentPartGallery type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets a value that indicated whether the sdt contains a built in document part.
Gets or sets the document part gallery filter.
Gets or sets the document part category filter.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of DocumentPart type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets a value that indicated whether the sdt contains a built in document part.
Gets or sets the document part gallery filter.
Gets or sets the document part category filter.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of DropDownList type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Equation type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Group type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the list of properties definable on a structured document tag.
Gets or sets the ID of the associated SDT.
Gets or sets an XML mapping (DataBinding) that relates the content of associated SDT to a specific XML node.
Gets or sets the locking behavior of the associated SDT.
Gets or sets a friendly name for the associated SDT.
Gets or sets the color that is used for visualizing the outline.
Gets or sets the outline appearance style.
Gets or set the associated placeholder object.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Picture type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of RepeatingSectionItem type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the SdtProperties associated with the parent repeating section control.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of RepeatingSection type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the title of the section.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the underlying sections can be modified.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of RichText type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Specifies the type of calendar used to display a Date SDT.
Specifies that the Gregorian calendar, as defined in ISO 8601, shall be used. This calendar should be localized into the appropriate language.
Specifies that the Gregorian calendar, as defined in ISO 8601, shall be used. The values for this calendar should be represented in English.
Specifies that the Gregorian calendar, as defined in ISO 8601, shall be used. The values for this calendar should be presented in Middle East French.
Specifies that the Gregorian calendar, as defined in ISO 8601, shall be used. The values for this calendar should be presented in Arabic.
Specifies that the Hijri lunar calendar shall be used.
Specifies that the Hebrew lunar calendar shall be used.
Specifies that the Taiwanese calendar, as defined by the Chinese National Standard CNS 7648, shall be used.
Specifies that the Japanese Emperor Era calendar, as described by Japanese Industrial Standard JIS X 0301, shall be used.
Specifies that the Thai calendar shall be used.
Specifies that the Korean Tangun Era calendar, as described by Korean Law Enactment No. 4, shall be used.
Specifies that the Saka Era calendar shall be used.
Specifies that the Gregorian calendar, as defined in ISO 8601, shall be used. The values for this calendar should be the representation of the English strings in the corresponding Arabic characters
Specifies that the Gregorian calendar, as defined in ISO 8601, shall be used. The values for this calendar should be the representation of the French strings in the corresponding Arabic characters
Specifies that no calendar should be used.
Represents the common properties of a structured document tag.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the structured document tag type.
Gets or sets the ID of the associated SDT.
Gets or sets an XML mapping (DataBinding) that relates the content of associated SDT to a specific XML node.
Gets or sets the locking behavior of the associated SDT.
Gets or sets a friendly name for the associated SDT.
Gets or sets a tag for the associated SDT.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether this SDT will be removed after editing its content.
Gets or sets the color that is used for visualizing the outline.
Gets or sets the outline appearance style.
Gets a value that indicates whether the content can be modified.
Gets a value that indicates whether the annotation range can be modified.
Gets or set the associated placeholder object.
Provides an ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the control should appear hovered or not.
Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the control should appear focused or not.
Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the control should appear selected or not.
Represents the properties of a structured document tag of Text type.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides a ISdtBuilder that generates the structured document tag's content.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the SDT supports new lines in its content.
Represents the start of a structured document tag annotation.
Specifies the list of supported structured document tag types.
Unspecified type. Parent sdt still can host content and it uses the set of common properties.
Parent sdt represents bibliography content.
Parent sdt represents a check box.
Parent sdt represents citation content.
Parent sdt represents a list of editable items.
Parent sdt represents a date time value.
Parent sdt represents a single document part.
Parent sdt represents a list of document parts
Parent sdt is represents a list of non-editable items.
Parent sdt can contain equation data.
Parent sdt is in a restricted sdt group.
Parent sdt contains a picture.
Parent sdt can contain rich text content.
Parent sdt can contain plain text only.
Parent sdt is a collection of repeating content.
Parent sdt is a repeating content item in a parent repeating section
Represents the view state properties needed for representing the content control.
Gets the value that indicates the type of the control.
Gets the value that indicates whether the controls should appear focused or not.
Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the control should appear hovered or not.
Gets the value that indicates whether the control should appear selected or not.
Gets the value that indicates the color of the control.
Gets the value that indicates the appearance of the control.
Gets the value that indicates if the control is locked.
Gets the value that indicates whether the controls should show its thumb or not.
Gets the alias text.
Gets the value that indicates the list of points that identifies the control's polygon.
PropertyChanged event.
Raise PropertyChanged event to any listeners.
Gets the value that indicates the action which selects the content of the control.
Get the style definition of the current selection
Returns the style definition of the selection or the style definition of the caret (if there is no selection)
Get the style definition of the selection; if every span inside has the same character style otherwise return null
If every span inside has the same character style return it; otherwise return null (also return null if the whole selection has the default character style associated with the current paragraph style which is null)
Gets the style name of the provided style definition
The style definition for which we want to get the style name
The name of the style
Get the style definition of the selected paragraph or paragraphs
If there is only one paragraph style inside selection return it; otherwise return null (this includes the case when no selection is made)
Gets the style by name.
Name of the style.
Determines whether the specific style name is built in style.
Name of the style.
Gets all primary styles.
Gets all styles.
The type.
Gets all styles.
Represents built in styles version.
Gets or sets the line numbering in the .
The line numbering.
Suspends layout updates of RadRichtextBox, which has better performance and uses to apply the stylesheet.
Copies all styles, list styles and other stylesheet data to the specified Document
Gets or sets value corresponding to the unique name of the style, that would be used to identify style in StyleRepository collection in the document
Gets or sets value corresponding to the name of the style, that would be displayed in Styles dialog, style gallery and other parts of the UI
Gets or sets the name of base style
StyleDefinition inherits its property values from BasedOn style. Either BasedOn or BasedOnName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.
Gets or sets the base StyleDefinition
StyleDefinition inherits its property values from BasedOn style. Either BasedOn or BasedOnName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.
Gets or sets the name of the linked style.
This property can be set to Paragraph or Character style only. Paragraph style can be linked only to Character style and vice versa.
StyleDefinition would obtain the corresponding property values from the linked style. Either LinkedStyle or LinkedStyleName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.
Gets or sets linked StyleDefinition. Only Paragraph and Character types of styles can be linked
This property can be set to Paragraph or Character style only. Paragraph style can be linked only to Character style and vice versa.
StyleDefinition would obtain the corresponding property values from the linked style. Either LenkedStyle or LinkedStyleName can be specified. If BasedOnName is specified BasedOn StyleDefinition would be set automatically if this style definition is added to a document StyleRepository that contains StyleDefinition with corresponding Name.
Gets or sets the style which shall automatically be applied to a new paragraph created following a paragraph with this style.
The name of the next style.
This property will have effect when set to Paragraph style only.
Gets or sets value indicating whether the style is custom user-created
Gets or sets value indicating whether the style will be applied by default to the document elements of type corresponding to style's Type.
Gets or sets value indicating whether the style will be visible in the styles gallery.
Gets or sets the UI priority of the style. Negative values will be transformed to zero (0);
The UI priority.
Gets RadDocument that owns this StyleDefinition instance.
Gets or sets StyleType corresponding to the type of document elements this style should be applied to.
Gets properties related to Spans in the document
Gets properties related to Paragraphs in the document
Gets properties related to Tables in the document
Gets properties related to Table-rows in the document
Gets properties related to Table-cells in the document
Property used for serialization only. Use ConditionalTableStylesCollection instead.
Initializes StyleDefinition type.
Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of corresponding StyleType
StyleType corresponding to the type of document elements this style should apply to
Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of corresponding StyleType and Name (style id).
Unique Name of the style, that would be used to identify style in StyleRepository collection
StyleType corresponding to the type of document elements this style should apply to
Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of StyleType corresponding to specific DocumentElement
DocumentElement that would be used to determine the StyleType
Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition of StyleType corresponding to specific DocumentElement, with specified Name
Unique Name of the style, that would be used to identify style in StyleRepository collection
DocumentElement that would be used to determine the StyleType
Creates a new instance of StyleDefinition and copies all relevant property values from the specified StyleDefinition instance.
The instance to copy the properties from.
Metod provided for backward compatibility. Please use the provided properties instead.
Metod provided for backward compatibility. Please use the provided properties instead.
Metod provided for backward compatibility. Please use the provided properties instead.
Gets the string representation of this StyleDefinition that can be used to display information about property values.
Provides factory methods for creating built-in section column collections.
Create SectionColumnCollection for given built-in SectionColumnsLayout.
The section columns layout for which to create the collection.
The section from the document for which to create the collection.
if the section is null.
The created collection for given layout type.
Provides enumeration for the built-in text columns layouts in a .
One text column.
Two equal text columns.
Three equal text columns.
Two text columns where the left one is smaller than the right one.
Two text columns where the right one is smaller than the left one.
Get style from the repository by name.
Name of the style.
True to automatically add built in styles into the repository.
Deprecated.
Contains settings for image watermark.
Gets or sets the height.
The height.
Gets or sets the width.
The width.
Gets or sets the size.
The size.
Gets or sets the angle at which the image should be rotated.
The rotate angle.
Gets or sets the file extension.
The extension.
Gets or sets the image bytes in Base64 format. This property is used for serialization.
The raw data.
Gets the image source last used to visualize the image.
Gets or sets the URI which is used to obtain the image source.
The URI source.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The writable bitmap which will be used to create the image.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
The size of the image.
The extension of the image.
Gets the byte array used to create the image.
Gets the instance associated to this object.
The instance associated to this object.
Creates a deep copy of this object.
The copy.
Occurs after a property value changes.
Contains settings for text watermark.
Gets or sets the opacity.
The opacity.
Gets or sets the rotation angle.
The rotate angle.
Gets or sets the color of the foreground.
The color of the foreground.
Gets or sets the size of the font.
The size of the font.
Gets or sets the font family.
The font family.
Gets or sets the text.
The text.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The text to be used as a watermark.
Creates a deep copy of this object.
The copy.
Occurs after a property value changes.
Class representing tab stops in a .
Gets or sets the type of the tab stop.
The type of the tab stop.
Gets or sets the tab stop leader.
The tab stop leader.
Gets or sets the position of the tab stop.
The position.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Type of the tab stop.
The position of the tab stop.
The tab stop leader.
Clones this instance.
The cloned instance.
Implements the operator ==.
The left.
The right.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator !=.
The left.
The right.
The result of the operator.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Occurs after a property value changes.
Raises the event. Called after changing a property value.
The instance containing the event data.
Represents a collection of elements.
Gets the number of elements contained in the .
Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The tab stops to be added to the collection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
A whose s will be added to the new collection.
Gets the tab stops whose is less than or equal to a specific width.
The width.
A collection of s which fit in the specified width.
Gets the default tab stops by calculating the distance between a specified width and the last custom .
The width.
A collection of the s fitting in the range/
Adds an item to the .
The to add to the .
Adds a collection of s. The items passed as a parameter are copied and their copies are inserted into the .
The tab stops to add.
Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the .
The to remove from the .
if was successfully removed from the ; otherwise, . This method also returns if is not found in the original .
Removes a bunch of s from the .
The tab stops to remove.
Removes all items from the .
Determines whether this instance contains the .
The to locate in the .
if is found in the ; otherwise, .
Copies the elements of the to an , starting at a particular index.
The one-dimensional that is the destination of the elements copied from . The must have zero-based indexing.
The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
Clones this instance.
The cloned instance.
Called after adding a to the .
The which is added.
Called after removing a from the .
The which is removed.
Occurs after the collection has been changed by adding, removing , or changing one of the properties.
Called after the collection has been changed by adding, removing , or changing one of the properties.
Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe).
Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size.
Adds an item to the .
The object to add to the .
The position into which the new element was inserted, or -1 to indicate that the item was not inserted into the collection.
Determines whether this instance contains the object.
The object to locate in the .
if the is found in the ; otherwise, .
Determines the index of a specific item in the .
The object to locate in the .
The index of if found in the list; otherwise, -1.
Inserts an item to the at the specified index.
The zero-based index at which should be inserted.
The object to insert into the .
Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the .
The object to remove from the .
Removes the item at the specified index.
The zero-based index of the item to remove.
Gets or sets the at the specified index.
The .
The index.
Copies the elements of the to an , starting at a particular index.
The one-dimensional that is the destination of the elements copied from . The must have zero-based indexing.
The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
Represents a border.
Gets the thickness.
The thickness.
Gets the style.
The style.
Gets the color.
The color.
Gets the theme color.
The theme color.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
A border to copy the properties from.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The border style.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The border style.
The border color.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The border thickness.
The border style.
The border color.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The thickness.
The style.
The color.
The theme color.
The theme color shade.
The theme color tint.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the other object.
An object to compare with this instance.
A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has these meanings:
Value
Meaning
Less than zero
This instance precedes in the sort order.
Zero
This instance occurs in the same position in the sort order as .
Greater than zero
This instance follows in the sort order.
Implements the operator ==.
The first.
The second.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator !=.
The first.
The second.
The result of the operator.
Converts to string.
A that represents this instance.
Represents collection of Table borders. This class is immutable.
Gets the top border.
The border.
Gets the bottom border.
The border.
Gets the left border.
The border.
Gets the right border.
The border.
Gets the inside horizontal border.
The border.
Gets the inside vertical border.
The border.
Gets all borders if they are equal.
The border.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
A instance which will be applied to all borders of the table.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The left border.
The top border.
The right border.
The bottom border.
The inside horizontal border.
The inside vertical border.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
A instance to copy the properties from.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Converts to string.
A that represents this instance.
Returns new object with the specified top border.
The new top border.
Returns new object with the specified bottom border.
The new bottom border.
Returns new object with the specified left border.
The new left border.
A new instance keeping the new borders.
Returns new object with the specified right border.
The new right border.
A new instance keeping the new borders.
Returns new object with the specified inside horizontal border.
The new inside horizontal border.
A new instance keeping the new borders.
Returns new object with the specified inside vertical border.
The new inside vertical border.
A new instance keeping the new borders.
Represents container which holds elements.
Gets the collection of elements.
The blocks.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fragment ends with full empty paragraph.
true if the fragment ends with full empty paragraph; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether the fragment is empty.
true if the fragment is empty; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document to be added to the fragment.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document selection to be added to the fragment.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
selection
If true result fragment will contain non-copyable elements like read-only and permission ranges. Otherwise these elements will be removed from the result fragment.
Converts to this instance to a .
The generated from the current instance.
Enumerates all children of a specified type.
A type deriving from which represents the type of the children that should be enumerated.
A collection from the children of the specified type.
Converts the fragment to plain text.
String containing the text representation of the document.
Creates a fragment from .
The to add to the fragment.
Represents the document object in .
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Inserts an inline element into the document.
The element to insert.
The position to insert the element at.
Inserts a document fragment into the document.
The fragment to insert.
The position to insert the fragment at.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
This event supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Represent the maximum document size.
Gets or sets a collection of objects.
Gets or sets the list styles.
The list styles.
Gets or sets a dictionary keeping the styles used for the bibliographic references inside the document.
Gets or sets the name of the selected bibliographic style.
The name of the selected bibliographic style.
Gets or sets the selected bibliographic style.
The selected bibliographic style.
Gets the list manager.
The instance responsible for this document.
Gets or sets the lists.
The lists.
Gets or sets the captions.
The captions.
Gets or sets the protection settings.
The protection settings.
Gets or sets a value representing the current layout mode.
The layout mode.
This property is introduced for backward compatibility only. Please use Style instead.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show formatting symbols.
true if the formatting symbols should be visualized; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show bookmarks.
true if the bookmarks should be visualized; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether a structure change is in progress.
true if the the structure of the document is currently being changed; otherwise, false.
Gets a value representing the layout box of the document.
The .
Gets a collection with the sections of the document.
A representing the sections of the document.
Gets a representing the current caret position.
The current position of the caret.
Gets a value representing the desired layout size of the document.
A representing the desired size.
Gets the history of changes in this document.
Gets a representing the document selection.
The document selection.
Gets or sets a value determining how often to fire the event.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether headers and footers are different in even and odd pages.
true if headers and footers are different in even and odd pages; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance has track changes enabled.
true if this instance is track changes enabled; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the display mode for the fields in this document.
The fields display mode.
Gets a value indicating whether the document is empty.
true if the document is empty; otherwise, false.
Gets the data source used for mail merge operations with this document.
The mail merge data source.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the read only ranges in the document should have a highlight.
true if the read only ranges should be highlighted; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the merge fields in the document should have a highlight.
true if the merge fields should be highlighted; otherwise, false.
Gets the collection of styles inside the document.
The style repository.
Gets or sets the styles.
This property is used for XAML export/import only.
The styles.
Gets or sets the theme.
This property is used for XAML export/import only.
The theme.
Gets the caption definitions inside the document.
The caption definitions.
Gets the document variables.
The document variables.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Gets or sets the language which rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs.
The line breaking rule language.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the strict line breaking rule will be applied to Japanese text in this document.
Gets or sets a rule determining which characters cannot start a line in East-Asian languages.
Gets or sets a rule determining which characters cannot end a line in East-Asian languages.
Gets or sets the formatter used for code blocks.
The code formatter.
Gets or sets the main document for a header/footer document.
Ensure that the property is set back to null when not needed,
as setting it to a document creates references between the two documents (through the styles in the style repositories),
which could cause memory leaks.
Gets or sets the is document default style load.
The is document default style load.
The default tab width style property.
Gets or sets the default tab width.
The section default page size style property.
Gets or sets the default section page size.
The section default page margin style property.
Gets or sets the default section page margin.
The section default page orientation style property.
Gets or sets the default section page orientation
Gets or sets the default spacing before a paragraph.
Gets or sets the default spacing after a paragraph.
Gets or set the line spacing of this document.
Gets or set the line spacing type of this document.
The footnotes numbering format style property.
Gets or sets the footnotes numbering format.
The footnotes first number style property.
Gets or sets the footnotes starting number.
The footnotes numbering restart type style property.
Gets or sets the type of the footnotes numbering restart.
The footnotes position style property.
Gets or sets the footnotes position.
The endnotes numbering format style property.
Gets or sets the endnotes numbering format.
The endnotes first number style property.
Gets or sets the endnotes starting number.
The endnotes numbering restart type style property.
Gets or sets the type of the endnotes numbering restart.
The endnotes position style property.
Gets or sets the endnotes position.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Measures the document.
The size to measure in.
Arranges the document.
The rectangle to arrange in.
Forces the document to update its layout.
Updates the selection spans' styles.
The delegate to invoke when a span is updated.
Gets a layout box that intersects with a position.
The position to intersect with.
Tries to find a Bibliographic Source in the document. Returns null if none is found.
The tag name of the Source to be found.
Gets the statistical information about the document.
Inserts text into the document.
The text to insert.
The style to apply.
Inserts text into the document.
The text to insert.
The style to apply.
The position to insert the text at.
Inserts an inline element into the document.
The inline to insert.
Inserts a document fragment into the document.
The fragment to insert.
Executes the Delete command.
If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret. Otherwise it is ignored.
Deletes a range from the document.
The position to start deleting.
The position to end deleting.
Sets the name of the current editing span style.
Name of the style.
Gets the next comment.
Gets the previous comment.
Gets the by comment.
The comment.
Selects a comment.
The comment.
Selects a comment.
The comment range start.
Selects previous comment.
Selects next comment.
Inserts footnote at the current position.
Inserts footnote at the current position.
The footnote.
Inserts the endnote at the current position.
Inserts the endnote at the current position.
The endnote.
Moves current position to the next footnote.
Moves current position to the previous footnote.
Moves current position to the next endnote.
Moves current position to the previous endnote.
Selects revision.
The revision.
Selects previous revision.
Selects next revision.
Gets the current revision.
Gets the next revision.
Gets the previous revision.
Gets all revisions.
Gets all s for this document.
A collecction of objects.
Gets the permission ranges included in a specified .
The inline element from which s should be obtained.
A collection of s inside the inline.
Gets the permission ranges included in the . If the is empty, the method is invoked with the under the .
A collection of objects.
Gets all bookmarks in the document.
A collection of objects.
Gets a bookmark by its name.
The name of the bookmark.
The representing the bookmark.
Moves the to the beginning of a bookmark.
The name of the bookmark.
Moves the to the beginning of a bookmark.
The bookmark start.
Creates hyperlink form the content between positions
The start position.
The end position.
The hyperlink info.
Creates hyperlink from collection of inlines.
The hyperlink info.
The hyperlink inlines.
This method is used for fields which require update after importing them.
The fields to update after import.
Mail merges the document using the .
A boolean value indicating whether the records should start each on a new page.
A instance representing the result of the merge.
Mail merges the document using the current record from the .
A instance representing the result of the merge.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
Thew new .
Copies the properties from another to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Protects the document.
The protection mode.
The password.
Cannot protect a document that is already protected.
Determines whether this instance can be unprotected using the specified password.
The password.
true if this instance is protected and can be unprotected using the specified password; otherwise, false.
Removes the protection from the document.
The password.
true if the protection is successfully removed; otherwise, false.
Cannot unprotect a document that is not protected.
Creates and registers the "Heading X" styles with the default settings.
Marks the start of styles editing and temporarily suspends the updates of the styles.
Marks the end of styles editing and resumes the updates of the styles.
Updates the styles inside the document.
Forces document layout update, measuring document in .
This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Merges adjacent spans with same style properties into one.
This method is automatically called when document is measured during the layout process.
Calling it explicitly is generally not needed and may only be useful in case spans are manually added to Paragraph.Inlines collection.
Inserts a section break.
The position.
The style.
Type of the section break.
Creates a deep copy of the document.
The copied element.
Ensures document layout is performed and layout-boxes have been created.
Call this method if the document is created in code and you need to access document's layout boxes.
Adds a custom list style to the document.
The list style.
The inserted instance.
Called after the style of a document element has been changed.
Occurs when the result of a document variable is being evaluated.
Occurs when the document presenter is changing.
Called when changing the document presentation.
Occurs when document presentation is changed.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when the document content has changed.
Called when document content has been changed.
Occurs when the document has been arranged.
Calls the event.
Occurs when the document has been arranged.
Called after arranging the document.
Occurs when the LayoutMode property value has changed.
Called after changing the . Raises LayoutModeChanged event.
Occurs when the users clicks on a hyperlink in the current document.
Occurs when a document element is added in the whole document tree.
Occurs when a document element is removed from the whole document tree.
Occurs when merge field is being converted to .
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when trying to create a from a .
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when a user should be authenticated.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when the protection settings of the document has been changed.
Called when the protection settings of the document has been changed.
Occurs when an information for the current user is needed.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Gets the annotation ranges of type TRangeStart surrounding an inline that match a condition.
The inline.
The filter.
Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.
Gets the annotation ranges of type TRangeStart surrounding an inline.
The inline.
Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.
Gets the annotation ranges of type TRangeStart surrounding specific positions.
The type of the range start.
The start.
The end.
Determines whether the specified inline is in annotation range of type TRangeStart that matches a condition.
The inline.
The filter.
Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.
Determines whether the specified inline is in annotation range of type TRangeStart.
The inline.
Specifies whether to return the inline itself if it is a TRangeStart.
Gets all annotation markers of type T in the document.
Determines whether the document contains annotation markers of type T.
Gets the grid of the table which keeps information about the rows and columns.
The grid.
Gets the rows.
The rows.
This property supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Gets or sets the preferred width of the table.
The preferred width.
Gets or sets the flow direction of the table contents.
The flow direction.
Gets or sets then table layout mode.
The layout mode.
Gets or sets all borders of the table.
The borders.
Gets or sets the cell padding.
The cell padding.
Gets or sets the cell spacing.
The cell spacing.
Gets or sets the table background.
The background.
Gets or sets the table indent.
The table indent.
Gets or sets the horizontal alignment.
The horizontal alignment.
Gets or sets the theme background.
The theme background.
Gets or sets the table look.
The look of a table defines the components of the conditional formatting which will be applied to it.
The table look.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The number of rows of the table.
The number of columns of the table.
Copies a specified and adds the copy above it.
The existing row.
The added instance.
Adds a above an existing one.
The existing .
The new .
The added instance.
Row must be from the same table.
Row already added.
Copies a specified and adds the copy below it.
The existing .
The added instance.
Adds a below an existing one.
The existing .
The new .
The added instance.
Row must be from the same table.
Row already added.
Adds copy of the last in the table. If the table doesn't have any rows, then a new is added.
The newly added row.
Adds a as a last row in the table.
The new .
The added instance.
Row already added to this table.
Adds a copy of the nearest at a specific index.
The index.
The added instance.
Incorrect index value.
Adds a at a specific index.
The index.
The row to add.
The added instance.
Incorrect index value.
Deletes a .
The row to delete.
Row must be from the same table.
Adds a column on the left side of an existing cell.
The existing .
A collection of the added s.
Cell must be from the same table.
Adds a column on the right side of an existing cell.
The existing .
A collection of the added s.
Cell must be from the same table.
Adds a column after the last one in the table.
A collection of the added s.
Creates a new instance of the class.
The new instance.
Creates a new .
The document collection.
The new .
Copies the properties of a instance to the current object.
The to copy the properties from.
Sets the width of the grid column.
Index of the grid column. This index should not be affected of any merged cells.
The width.
gridColumnIndex should be greater than or equal to 0.
Gets the width of the grid column.
Index of the grid column. This index should not be affected of any merged cells.
A representing the width of the column.
A class representing table cells.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the parent table row.
The row.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has column span.
true if this instance has column span bigger than 1; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the column span.
The column span.
ColumnSpan must be at least 1.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has row span.
true if this instance has row span value bigger than 1; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the row span.
The row span.
RowSpan must be at least 1.
Gets the index of the row inside the table grid.
The index of the row.
Gets the index of the column inside the table grid.
The index of the column.
Gets or sets the preferred width of the table cell.
The preferred width.
Gets a value indicating whether this is the first cell inside the .
true if this instance is first; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this is the last cell inside the .
true if this instance is last; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets all the borders of a table cell.
The borders.
Gets or sets the text alignment.
The text alignment.
Gets or sets the vertical alignment.
The vertical alignment.
Gets or sets the padding.
The padding.
Gets or sets the background.
The background.
Gets or sets the theme background.
The theme background.
Gets or sets the theme fill shade.
The theme fill shade.
Gets or sets the theme fill tint.
The theme fill tint.
Creates a new .
The document collection.
The new instance.
Creates a new instance of .
The new instance.
Copies the properties of a instance to the current object.
The to copy the properties from.
Called just before the parent changes. Raises ParentChaning event.
Called after the parent has been changed. Raises ParentChaned event.
Represents collection of TableCell borders. This class is immutable.
Gets the top border.
The top border.
Gets the bottom border.
The bottom border.
Gets the left border.
The left border.
Gets the right border.
The right border.
Gets the inside horizontal border. This border is only used with conditional styles.
The inside horizontal border.
Gets the inside vertical border. This border is only used with conditional styles.
The inside vertical border.
Gets all border if they are equal. Does not take into account the inside borders.
All borders without inside borders.
Gets all border if they are equal. This property does take into account the inside borders.
All borders.
Returns new object with the specified left border.
The new left border.
New object with the specified left border.
Returns new object with the specified top border.
The new top border.
New object with the specified top border.
Returns new object with the specified right border.
The new right border.
New object with the specified right border.
Returns new object with the specified bottom border.
The new bottom border.
New object with the specified bottom border.
Returns new object with the specified horizontal border.
The new inside horizontal.
New object with the specified inside horizontal border.
Returns new object with the specified vertical border.
The new inside vertical.
New object with the specified inside vertical border.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The border which will be used for all cell borders, excluding inside borders.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The left border.
The top border.
The right border.
The bottom border.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The left border.
The top border.
The right border.
The bottom border.
The inside horizontal border.
The inside vertical border.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The style which will be used for all borders.
The color which will be used for all borders.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The left.
The top.
The right.
The bottom.
The style which will be used for all borders.
The color which will be used for all borders.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The thickness of the borders.
The style which will be used for all borders.
The color which will be used for all borders.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
A instance to copy the properties from.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Class keeping information about the rows and columns in a table.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Represents a table row element.
Gets a collection of objects representing the cells.
The cells.
Gets the associated to this row.
The table.
Gets the index of the grid row.
The index of the grid row.
Represents a which can hold other s as its children.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
An abstract class representing a document element.
Gets the index of the element inside its parent structure.
The index.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has style.
true if this instance has style; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the style of the document element.
The style.
Gets or sets the name of the style.
The name of the style.
String property that allows developers to attach custom data to the DocumentElement.
The value of this property will be copied to DocumentElements created out of this DocumentElement during editing.
Get or sets StyleDefinition instance that holds default values for properties
Represents the first responsible for showing the element.
The first layout box.
This property is used only for document structure verification.
The actual first layout box.
Represents the last responsible for showing the element.
The last layout box.
Gets a value indicating whether the is initialized.
true if this instance is first layout box initialized; otherwise, false.
Gets the elements representing the children of this document element.
The document elements.
Gets the parent.
The parent.
Gets the children.
The children.
Gets the previous sibling.
The previous sibling.
Gets the next sibling.
The next sibling.
Gets or sets the cursor image used when the mouse pointer is over the document element.
The cursor.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
Gets a style property from a specified definition.
The property definition.
The style property.
Gets a style property by name.
The name of the property.
The style property.
Iterates through the children of the document element.
The type of document elements you would like to obtain.
A collection of all the child elements of the specified type.
Iterates through the parent elements of the document element and returns the first occurence of a parent of the specified type.
The type of document element you would like to obtain.
The first parent of the specified type, or null if the element doesn't have parent.
Creates a for the document element.
The created .
Copies the properties from another document element.
The element to copy the properties from.
fromElement must not be null.
Cannot copy properties to element itself.
Copies the properties from a specified style.
The style to copy the properties from.
Extracts a style from the style properties of the element.
A instance created from the element's style properties.
Extracts a style from the local properties of the element.
A instance created from the element's local properties.
Invalidates the arrange of the layout boxes associated to this element.
Invalidates the measure of the layout boxes associated to this element.
Invalidates the layout of the layout boxes associated to this element.
Gets the es associated to the element.
Collection of the layout boxes associated to the element.
Gets the instance associated to the element.
Creates a deep copy of the element.
The copied element.
Creates a shallow copy of the element.
The copied element.
Gets the source of the value of a specified property.
The property definition.
A representing the source of the value.
Clears the value of a style property.
The property definition.
Called when a DocumentElement is removed.
Called before the style of a document element changes.
Called before the style of a document element changes.
Called after the style of a document element has been changed.
Called after the style of a document element has been changed.
Called after the style of a document element has been changed.
Occurs before changing the parent of the element.
Called when the parent of the element is changing.
Occurs after changing the parent of the element.
Called when the parent of the element has been changed.
Occurs after changing the value of a property.
Gets the first inside the collection.
The first.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The owner.
Adds an item to the collection.
The object to add to the collection.
Adds an item before another one into the collection.
The object before which another object should be added.
The object to add to the collection.
Adds an item after another one into the collection.
The object after which another object should be added.
The object to add to the collection.
Removes an elements from its .
The object to detach from the collection.
true if the can be detached from the owner; otherwise, false.
Removes a specific object from the collection.
The object to remove from the collection.
true if the item has been successfully removed from the collection; otherwise, false.
Removes all items from the collection.
Determines whether the collection contains a specific object.
The object to locate in the collection.
true if the object is found in the collection; otherwise, false.
Copies the elements of the to an , starting at a particular index.
The one-dimensional that is the destination of the elements copied from the . The must have zero-based indexing.
The zero-based index in at which copying begins.
Gets the number of elements contained in the .
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is empty.
true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only.
Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.
An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the collection.
The flow layout mode. Displays the page as the document would appear in a browser. The text is wrapped in the available width.
No paging is available in this mode, hence features related to paged documents are unavailable.
Similar to the . The text is not wrapped in the visible boundaries.
The document content is visualized in separate pages.
Represents statistical information about a .
Gets or sets the pages count.
The pages count.
Gets or sets the sections count.
The sections count.
Gets or sets the words count.
The words count.
Gets or sets the characters count.
The characters count.
Gets or sets the spaces count.
The spaces count.
Gets or sets the paragraphs count.
The paragraphs count.
Gets or sets the lines count.
The lines count.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated document.
Converts to string.
A that represents this instance.
An inline-level document element which contains image.
Gets or sets the URI which is used to obtain the image source.
The URI source.
Gets the image source last used to visualize the image.
Gets or sets the width.
The width.
Gets or sets the height.
The height.
Gets or sets the angle at which the image should be rotated.
The rotate angle.
Gets or sets the size.
The size.
Gets or sets the file extension.
The extension.
Gets or sets the image bytes in Base64 format. This property is used for serialization.
The raw data.
Gets or sets the alternative text for the image.
The alt.
Gets or sets the title.
The title.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The URI from which to obtain the image source.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
The size of the element.
The extension of the image.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The writable bitmap which will be used to create the image.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The which will be cloned.
Initializes the element.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
The extension of the image.
Initializes the element.
The stream from which to obtain the image source.
The size of the element.
The extension of the image.
Gets the byte array used to create the image.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies the source from another .
The to copy the source from.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
An object representing the layout box for the current instance.
Class representing an inline document element.
Gets the field start of the inner-most field range in which this inline is included.
Note that the property setter is obsolete and does not do anything.
The field start.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is in hyperlink.
true if this instance is in hyperlink; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Copies content between two positions inside inline.
The start position.
The end position.
An object representing the copy.
Copies from start of inline to end position.
The end position.
null when invoked on an object.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
fromElement must not be null.
Cannot copy content to element itself.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
fromElement must not be null.
Cannot copy content to element itself.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Gets or sets the tab stops.
The tab stops.
Gets the collection of elements added as children to this paragraph.
The inlines.
Gets a value indicating whether this paragraph is empty.
true if the paragraph doesn't contain inlines; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this paragraph is included in a list.
true if this instance is in list; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether a heading style is applied to this paragraph.
true if this instance has a heading style; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the hanging indent.
The hanging indent.
Gets or sets the size of the font for the last paragraph marker.
The size of the font.
Gets or sets the information for revisions on this element.
The element revision information.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has revisions.
true if this instance has revisions; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has been deleted into document with enabled Track Changes.
true if this instance is deleted; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance has been inserted into document with enabled Track Changes.
true if this instance is inserted; otherwise, false.
The flow direction property.
Gets or sets the flow direction.
A value of type .
Gets or sets the text alignment.
A value of type .
Gets or sets the spacing before the paragraph.
The spacing before.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether an automatic spacing before should be applied.
true if [automatic spacing before]; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the left indent.
The left indent.
Gets or sets the right indent.
The right indent.
Gets or sets the first line indent.
The first line indent.
Gets or sets the list level.
The list level.
Gets or sets identifier number of the list the paragraph is included in. The default value is -1 - the paragraph is not included in a list.
The list identifier.
Gets or sets a value indicating the outline level. The outline level defines the level of this paragraph in TOC field. The default value is 0 - no level.
The outline level.
Gets or sets the value indicating whether the line numbering for the current is suppressed.
The line numbering.
Gets or sets the spacing between the different lines of the paragraph.
The line spacing.
Gets or sets the background.
The background.
Gets or sets the theme background.
The theme background.
Gets or sets the theme fill shade.
The theme fill shade.
Gets or sets the theme fill tint.
The theme fill tint.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class by copying an already existing .
The original paragraph.
Occurs when the collection changes.
Called when collection changes.
Gets local tab stops merged with tab stops from the style.
Creates a deep copy of the element.
The copied element.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
Determines whether the current instance has the same style properties as another one.
The other.
true if the current instance has the same style properties as the other one; otherwise, false.
Removes the paragraph from a list.
A block-level flow content element used for grouping other elements.
Gets a value indicating whether the section is empty.
true if the section is empty; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the headers.
The headers.
Gets or sets the footers.
The footers.
Gets or sets the page number that appears on the first page of the section.
The page number.
Gets the section number (starting from 1).
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether first page header/footer is different.
true if first page header/footer is different; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the line numbering in the .
The line numbering.
This property supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Gets or sets the text columns in the .
The section columns.
Gets or sets the footnotes numbering format.
Gets or sets the footnotes starting number.
Gets or sets the type of the footnotes numbering restart.
Gets or sets the endnotes numbering format.
Gets or sets the endnotes starting number.
Gets or sets the type of the endnotes numbering restart.
Gets or sets the header top margin.
The header top margin.
Gets or sets the footer bottom margin.
The footer bottom margin.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class by copying the properties from another instance.
The original section.
Creates a new instance.
The new instance.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
The new .
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Gets the header/footer type by page number.
The page number.
Gets the header by page number.
The page number.
Gets the footer by page number.
The page number.
Gets the header by its type.
Type of the header.
Gets the footer by its type.
Type of the footer.
Links the header of this section to the previous section header.
Type of the header or footer.
Links the footer of this section to the previous section footer.
Type of the header or footer.
Removes the link between the header of this section and the previous section header.
Type of the header or footer.
Removes the link between the footer of this section and the previous section footer.
Type of the header or footer.
Determines whether a header is linked to the previous section header.
Type of the header.
true if the header is linked to the previous section header; otherwise, false.
Determines whether a footer is linked to the previous section footer.
Type of the footer.
true if the footer is linked to the previous section footer; otherwise, false.
Sets the header by page number.
The page number.
The header.
Sets the footer by page number.
The page number.
The footer.
Sets a header according to type.
Type of the header.
The header.
Sets a footer according to type.
Type of the footer.
The footer.
Gets the height of the header for a page.
The page number.
Gets the height of the footer for a page.
The page number.
Sets the main document. This method is used to link the headers and footers in a section with the main body document.
The document.
Occurs when a is added.
Called when is added.
The element.
Occurs when the collection is changed.
Called when the collection is changed. Raises CollectionChanged event.
Converts the collection to an array.
An array of s.
Adds a to the collection.
The object to add to the .
An inline-level document element which contains .
Gets or sets the UI element.
The UI element.
Gets or sets the width.
The width.
Gets or sets the height.
The height.
Gets the size.
The size.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance is copyable.
true if this instance is copyable; otherwise, false.
This constructor supports XAML serialization infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The UIElement which should be added to the .
The size of the .
Initializes a new instance of the class, by creating shadow copy of another .
The to be cloned.
Copies the content from another .
The to copy the content from.
Creates a new instance of this element.
The new instance.
Copies the properties from another document element to the current instance.
The to copy the properties from.
Override this method for custom implementation for copying UIElment.
The default implementations uses the same instance of the UIElement.
The UI container whose UIElement should be copied.
Creates a for the element.
The document collection.
A object representing the layout box for this instance.
Converts the specified PaperType enumeration to a pair of pixel values in SizeF.
PaperType
Converts dips to points.
pixels
points
Converts dips to points.
pixels
points
Converts dips to picas.
pixels
picas
Converts dips to centimeters.
pixels
centimeters
Converts dips to millimeters.
pixels
millimeters
Converts dips to inches
pixels
inches
Converts dips to twips
pixels
twips
Converts dips to twips
pixels
twips
Converts dips to twips
pixels
twips
Converts twips to dips
twips
dips
Converts twips to dips
twips
dips
Converts DIPs to units.
pixels
UnitType
units
Converts to points dips.
points
pixels
Converts to points dips.
picas
pixels
Converts EMUs to dips.
EMUs
pixels
Converts EMUs to dips.
EMUs
pixels
Converts centimeters to dips.
centimeters
pixels
Converts millimeters to dips.
millimeters
pixels
Converts inches to dips.
inches
pixels
Converts twips to dips.
twips
pixels
Converts Units to dips
units
UnitType
pixels
Describes settings for the different types of pages in a section.
Gets or sets the first page watermark settings.
The settings.
Gets or sets the default watermark settings used by all or odd pages, depending on the scenario.
The settings.
Gets or sets the even pages watermark settings.
The settings.
Specifies a point in 3D space. Anchor point is used to anchor a given backdrop plane.
Gets or sets the x coordinate.
Gets or sets the y coordinate.
Gets or sets the z coordinate.
Defines a plane in which effects, such as glow and shadow, are applied in relation to the shape they are being applied to.
Gets or sets the anchor point that fixes the plane in space.
Gets or sets the vector normal to the face of the plane.
Gets or sets the vector that defines the up direction in relation to the face of the plane.
Specifies 3D bevel associated with a shape.
Gets or sets the width of the bevel, or how far into the shape it is applied.
Gets or sets the height of the bevel, or how far above the shape it is applied.
Gets or sets the bevel type which defines the look of the bevel.
Represents the placement and properties of a camera in a 3D scene.
Gets or sets the zoom factor (percentage). The zoom modifies the scene as a whole and zooms in or out accordingly.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the camera rotation.
Gets or sets the preset type that is being used by the camera.
The preset camera defines a starting point for common preset rotations in space.
Gets or sets the default field of view angle.
Only values in [0, 10800000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a text object in a 3-D scene that should be rendered as a normal, flat, text overlay outside of the 3-D scene.
Gets or sets the z coordinate.
Represents the basic 3D capabilities of a shape.
Specifies the light rig used in a 3D scene.
Gets or sets the light rig rotation.
Gets or sets the direction from which the light rig is oriented in relation to the scene.
Gets or sets the type of light rig which is to be applied to the scene.
Specifies the direction from which the light rig is positioned relative to a 3D scene.
Top Left.
Top.
Top Right.
Left.
Right.
Bottom Left.
Bottom.
Bottom Right.
Specifies a preset light type that is applied to a 3D scene.
Legacy Flat 1.
Legacy Flat 2.
Legacy Flat 3.
Legacy Flat 4.
Legacy Normal 1.
Legacy Normal 2.
Legacy Normal 3.
Legacy Normal 4.
Legacy Harsh 1.
Legacy Harsh 2.
Legacy Harsh 3.
Legacy Harsh 4.
Three Point.
Balanced.
Soft.
Harsh.
Flood.
Contrasting.
Morning.
Sunrise.
Sunset.
Chilly.
Freezing.
Flat.
Two Point.
Glow.s
Bright Room.
Specifies types of bevel which can be applied to a shape in 3D.
Relaxed Inset.
Circle.
Slope.
Cross.
Angle.
Soft Round.
Convex.
Cool Slant.
Divot.
Riblet.
Hard Edge.
Art Deco.
Specifies different algorithmic methods for setting all camera properties.
Specifies the material options that can be applied to a 3D shape.
Legacy Matte.
Legacy Plastic.
Legacy Metal.
Legacy Wireframe.
Matte.
Plastic.
Metal.
Warm Matte.
Translucent Powder.
Powder.
Dark Edge.
Soft Edge.
Clear.
Flat.
Soft Metal.
Specifies a rotation in 3D space.
Gets or sets the longitude value of the rotation.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the latitude value of the rotation.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the revolution around the central axis in the rotation.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies optional scene-level 3D properties to apply on DrawingML object.
Gets or sets the backdrop plane of the scene.
Gets or sets the used camera.
Gets or sets the used light rig.
Defines the 3D properties associated with a particular shape
Gets or sets the top bevel of the shape.
Gets or sets the bottom bevel of the shape.
Gets or sets the depth of the shape (z coordinate in space).
Gets or sets the height of the extrusion applied to the shape.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the width of the contour on the shape.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the color of the contour on the shape.
Gets or sets the color of the extrusion applied to the shape.
Gets or sets the used material.
Specifies a vector in 3D space.
Gets or sets the distance along X-axis.
Gets or sets the distance along Y-axis.
Gets or sets the distance along Z-axis.
Specifies its input color with the specific opacity, but with its color unchanged.
Specifies a more or less opaque version of its input color. An alpha modulate never increases the alpha beyond 100%.
A 200% alpha modulate makes an input color twice as opaque as before. A 50% alpha modulate makes an input color half as opaque as before.
Specifies a more or less opaque version of its input color. Increases or decreases the input alpha
percentage by the specified percentage offset.A 10% alpha offset increases a 50% opacity to 60%. A -10% alpha
offset decreases a 50% opacity to 40%. The transformed alpha values are limited to a range of 0 to 100%. A 10%
alpha offset increase to a 100% opaque object still results in 100% opacity.
Specifies the input color with the specific blue component, but with the red and green color components unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its blue component modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% blue modulate will reduce the blue component by half. A 200% blue modulate will double the blue component.
Specifies the input color with its blue component shifted, but with its red and green color components unchanged.
Specifies that the color rendered should be the complement of its input color with the complement being defined as such.
Two colors are called complementary if, when mixed they produce a shade of gray.
The complement of red which is RGB (255, 0, 0) is cyan which is RGB (0, 255, 255).
Specifies that the output color rendered by the generating application should be the sRGB gamma shift of the input color.
Specifies a grayscale of its input color, taking into relative intensities of the red, green, and blue primaries.
Specifies the input color with the specific green component, but with the blue and red color components unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its green component modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% green modulate will reduce the green component by half. A 200% green modulate will double the green component.
Specifies the input color with its green component shifted, but with its blue and red color components unchanged.
Specifies specifies the input color with the specified hue, but with its saturation and luminance unchanged.
Gets or sets the actual angle value to be used with the input color's hue component.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies the input color with its hue modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% hue modulate decreases the angular hue value by half. A 200% hue modulate doubles the angular hue value.
Specifies the input color with its hue shifted, but with its saturation and luminance unchanged.
Specifies a color transform that is applied on an input color to produce a new color, without modifying the original one.
Specifies the inverse of its input color.
The inverse of red (1, 0, 0) is cyan (0, 1, 1 ).
Specifies that the output color rendered by the generating application should be the inverse sRGB gamma shift of the input color.
Specifies a color transform that transforms an integer value.
Gets or sets the value.
Specifies the input color with the specified luminance, but with its hue and saturation unchanged.
Specifies specifies the input color with its luminance modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% luminance modulate will reduce the luminance by half. A 200% luminance modulate will double the luminance.
Specifies the input color with its luminance shifted, but with its saturation and hue unchanged.
Specifies the input color with the specific red component, but with the blue and green color components unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its red component modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% red modulate will reduce the red component by half. A 200% red modulate will double the red component.
Specifies the input color with its red component shifted, but with its blue and green color components unchanged.
Specifies specifies the input color with the specified saturation, but with its hue and luminance unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its saturation modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% hue modulate decreases the angular saturation value by half. A 200% hue modulate doubles the angular saturation value.
Specifies the input color with its saturation shifted, but with its hue and luminance unchanged.
Specifies a darker version of its input color.
A 10% tint is 10% of the input color combined with 90% black.
Specifies a lighter version of its input color.
A 10% tint is 10% of the input color combined with 90% white.
Specifies a color transform that affects a single value.
Gets or sets the percentage value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a color transform. A modulation will never increases the original value beyond 100%.
A 200% modulate doubles the original value, while a 50% modulate takses only half of it.
Gets or sets the modulation value.
Only values in [0, ∞) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies an absolute value that is added to the original value. The shifted values are limited to a range of 0 to 100%.
Gets or sets the offset value.
Only values in [-100000, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets the list of color transforms that are applied to the current color.
Gets or sets the angular value describing the wavelength.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the luminance referring to the lightness or darkness of the color.
Expressed as a percentage with 0% referring to maximal dark(black) and 100% referring to maximal white.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the saturation referring to the purity of the hue.
Expressed as a percentage with 0% referring to grey, 100% referring to the purest form of the hue.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a color which is bound to one of a predefined collection of colors.
Gets or sets the actual preset color value.
Specifies a color using the red, green, blue RGB color model.
Each component, red, green, and blue is expressed as a byte value. A perceptual gamma of 2.2 is used.
Gets or sets the red value.
Gets or sets the red value.
Gets or sets the red value.
Specifies a color using the red, green, blue RGB color model.
Each component, red, green, and blue is expressed as a percentage from 0% to 100%. A linear gamma of 1.0 is assumed.
Gets or sets the red value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the gren value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the blue value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a color bound to a user's theme. As with all elements which define a color, it is possible to
apply a list of color transforms to the base color defined.
Gets or sets the desired scheme value.
Specifies a system color value. This color is based upon the value that this color
currently has within the system on which the document is being viewed.
Gets or sets a fallback color that should be used if the uderlying SystemColor is unknown within the system.
It is also the color value that was last computed by the generating application.
Gets or sets the system color value.
Represents an Alpha Bi-Level Effect. Alpha(Opacity) values less than the threshold are changed to 0 (fully transparent)
and alpha values greater than or equal to the threshold are changed to 100% (fully opaque).
Gets or sets the threshold value for the alpha bi-level effect.
Only positive percent values are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Represents an alpha ceiling effect. Alpha(opacity) values greater than zero are changed to 100%.
In other words, anything partially opaque becomes fully opaque.
Represents an alpha floor effect. Alpha(opacity) values less than 100% are changed to zero.
In other words, anything partially transparent becomes fully transparent.
Represents an alpha outset/inset effect. This is equivalent to an alpha ceiling, followed by alpha blur,
followed by either an alpha ceiling(positive radius) or alpha floor(negative radius).
Gets or sets the radius of outset/inset.
Represents an alpha inverse effect. Alpha(opacity) values are inverted by subtracting from 100%.
Gets or sets the color that would be affected by the effect.
Represents an alpha modulate effect. Effect alpha(opacity) values are multiplied by a fixed percentage.
The effect container specifies an effect containing alpha values to modulate.
Gets the effect container.
Represents an alpha modulate fixed effect. Effect alpha(opacity) values are multiplied by a fixed percentage.
Gets or sets the percentage amount to scale the alpha.
Only positive percent values are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Represents an alpha replace effect. Effect alpha(opacity) values are replaced by a fixed alpha.
Gets or sets the new opacity value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Represents a bi-level (black/white) effect. Input colors whose luminance is less than the specified threshold value are changed to black.
Input colors whose luminance are greater than or equal the specified value are set to white.
Gets or sets luminance threshold for the Bi-Level effect. Values greater than or equal to
the threshold are set to white.Values lesser than the threshold are set to black.
Only positive percent values are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Represents a blend of several effects.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how to blend the effects.
Gets or sets the effects to blend.
Represents a blur effect that is applied to the entire shape, including its fill.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the bounds of the object should be grown as a result of the blurring.
Gets or sets the radius of blur.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Represents a color change effect.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether alpha values are considered for the effect.
Gets or sets a color that will be removed in a color change effect.
Gets or sets a color that will replace the "From" color in a color change effect.
Represents a solid color replacement value. All effect colors are changed to a fixed color.
Alpha values are unaffected.
Gets or sets the color that would be affected by the effect.
Represents a duotone effect. For each pixel, combines clr1 and clr2 through a linear interpolation to determine the new color for that pixel.
Gets or sets the color that would be affected by the effect.
Specifies a list of effects.
Specifies a reference to an existing effect container.
Gets or sets the reference. Its value may be the name of an effect container, or one of four special references:
'fill'; 'line', 'fillLine', 'children'
Specifies a fill applied as an effect.
Gets or sets the fill applied by the effect.
Specifies a fill applied as an effect. A fill overlay may be used to specify an additional fill for an object and blend the two fills together.
Gets or sets the fill applied by the effect.
Gets or sets the blend mode.
Specifies a glow effect, in which a color blurred outline is added outside the edges of the object.
Gets or sets the glow color.
Gets or sets the radius of the glow.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a gray scale effect. Converts all effect color values to a shade of gray, corresponding to their luminance.
Effect alpha (opacity) values are unaffected.
Specifies a hue/saturation/luminance effect. The hue, saturation, and luminance may each be adjusted relative to its current value.
Gets or sets the angular value describing the wavelength.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the luminance referring to the lightness or darkness of the color.
Expressed as a percentage with 0% referring to maximal dark(black) and 100% referring to maximal white.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the saturation referring to the purity of the hue.
Expressed as a percentage with 0% referring to grey, 100% referring to the purest form of the hue.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies an inner shadow effect. A shadow is applied within the edges of the object according to the parameters given by the attributes.
Gets or sets the blur radius.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a luminance effect. Brightness linearly shifts all colors closer to white or black.
Contrast scales all colors to be either closer or further apart.
Gets or sets the brightness value.
Only values in [-100000, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the contrast value.
Only values in [-100000, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies an inner shadow effect. A shadow is applied within the edges of the object according to the parameters given by the attributes.
Gets or sets the vertical scaling factor; negative scaling causes a flip.
Gets or sets the horizontal scaling factor; negative scaling causes a flip.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether outer shadow effect gets rotated with the parent shape.
Gets or sets shadow alignment; alignment happens first, effectively setting the origin for scale, skew, and offset.
Gets or sets the blur radius.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the vertical skew angle.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the horizontal skew angle.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a shadow effect that is defined by a preset shadow type.
Gets or sets the preset shadow type.
Specifies a reflection effect.
Gets or sets shadow alignment.
Gets or sets the start opacity.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the end opacity.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the start position (along the alpha gradient ramp) of the start alpha value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the end position (along the alpha gradient ramp) of the end alpha value.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether outer shadow effect gets rotated with the parent shape.
Gets or sets percentage by which to vertically scale the object.
Gets or sets percentage by which to horizontally scale the object.
Gets or sets the blur radius.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how far to offset the shadow goes.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the direction of the alpha gradient ramp relative to the shape itself.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the direction to offset the reflection.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the vertical skew angle.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the horizontal skew angle.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a relative offset effect. Sets up a new origin by offsetting relative to the size of the previous effect.
Gets or sets the horizontal offset.
Gets or sets the vertical offset.
Specifies the basic functionalities of a shadow effect.
Gets or sets the shadow color.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how far to offset the shadow goes.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the direction to offset of the shadow.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a soft edge effect. The edges of the shape are blurred, while the fill is not affected.
Gets or sets the radius of blur to apply to the edges.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a tint effect. Shifts effect color values towards/away from hue by the specified amount.
Gets or sets the amount value.
Only values in [-100000, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the angular value describing the wavelength.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies a transform effect. The transform is applied to each point in the shape's geometry.
Gets or sets percentage by which to vertically scale the object.
Gets or sets percentage by which to horizontally scale the object.
Gets or sets the horizontal skew angle, defined as the agnle between the top-left corner and bottom-left corner of the object's
original bounding box. If positive, the bottom edge of the shape will be positioned to the right relative to the top edge.
Only values in (-5400000, 5400000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the vertical skew angle, defined as the angle between the top-left corner and top-right corner of the object's
original bounding box. If positive, the right edge of the object will be positioned lower relative to the left edge.
Only values in (-5400000, 5400000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the the horizontal shift.
Gets or sets the the vertical shift.
Specifies a gradient fill - smooth transition between a set of given colors.
Gets or sets a rectangular region of the shape to which the gradient is applied.
This region is then tiled across the remaining area of the shape to complete the fill.
The tile rectangle is defined by percentage offsets from the sides of the shape's bounding box.
Gets or sets the gradient.
Gets the collection of gradient stops.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the fill rotates alongside the shape when it is rotated.
Get or sets the direction in which to flip the gradient while tiling.
Specifies a gradient stop.
Gets or sets the gradient color
Gets or sets a value that indicates where this gradient stop should appear in the color band.
Only values in [0, 100000] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies that the parent element is part of a group and should inherit the fill properties of the group.
Specifies a general fill type.
Specifies a basic gradient.
Specifies a fill type that can be applied to lines.
Specifies a fill that is not homogeneous and can be rotated.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the fill rotates alongside the shape when it is rotated.
Specifies a linear gradient.
Gets or sets the angle of color change for the gradient.
Only values in [0, 21600000) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets orset a value that indicates whether the gradient angle scales with the fill region.
Specifies a path gradient.
Gets or sets the gradient path to follow.
Gets or sets the "focus" rectangle for the center shade, specified relative to the fill tile rectangle.
The center shade fills the entire tile except the margins specified by each attribute.
Specifies a pattern fill. A repeated pattern is used to fill the object.
Get or sets the foreground color.
Get or sets the background color.
Get or sets the pattern type.
Specifies a picture fill.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the fill rotates alongside the shape when it is rotated.
Gets or sets the portion of the picture used for the fill.
Values are caluclated as percentage from the picture's measurements.
Gets or sets the fill mode.
Gets or sets the picture used in the fill.
Gets or sets the DPI (dots per inch) used to calculate the size of the blip. If not present or zero, the DPI in the blip is used.
Specifies the portion of the blip used for the fill. Each edge of the source rectangle is defined by a percentage offset
from the corresponding edge of the bounding box.A positive percentage specifies an inset, while a negative percentage specifies an outset.
Gets or sets the bottom edge of the rectangle.
Gets or sets the top edge of the rectangle.
Gets or sets the right edge of the rectangle.
Gets or sets the left edge of the rectangle.
Specifies a solid color fill. The shape is filled entirely with the specified color.
Get or sets the color of the fill.
Specifies that a picture should be stretched to fill the target rectangle.
Gets or sets the fill rectangle.
Specifies that a picture should be tiled to fill the available space.
This element defines a "tile" rectangle within the bounding box.
The image is encompassed within the tile rectangle, and the tile rectangle is tiled across the bounding box to fill the entire area.
Gets or sets the horizontal ratio.
Gets or sets the vertical ratio.
Gets or sets the horizontal offset.
Gets or sets the vertical offset.
Get or sets the flip direction of the tile.
Gets or sets a value that indicates where to align the first tile with respect to the shape.
Alignment happens after the scaling, but before the additional offset.
Specifies a custom dashing scheme
Gets the dash stops that described the dashing scheme.
Specfies a repeatable part of the dashing scheme.
Gets or sets the length of the dash relative to the line width.
Only values in [0, ∞) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the length of the space relative to the line width.
Only values in [0, ∞) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies decorations which can be added to the end of a line.
Gets or sets the line length in relation to the line width.
Gets or sets the line width in relation to the line length.
Gets or sets the line end decoration.
Gets or sets the amount by which lines is extended to form a miter join.
Only values in [0, ∞) are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies an outline which can be applied to a visual element (e.g. shapes or text).
Gets or sets the fill that is used to decorate the outline.
Gets or sets the dashing scheme.
Gets or sets the line join properties.
Gets or sets the end style that decorates the head of the line.
Gets or sets the end style that decorates the tail of the line.
Gets or sets the ending caps that should be used for this line.
Gets or sets the compound line type to be used for the underline stroke.
Gets or sets the alignment to be used for the underline stroke.
Gets or sets the width to be used for the underline stroke.
Only values in [0, 20116800] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies the pen alignment relative to the path stroke.
Center pen (line drawn at center of path stroke).
Inset pen (the pen is aligned on the inside of the edge of the path).
Specifies that a preset line dashing scheme should be used.
Specifies the star/end of a connection.
Gets or sets the id of the shape that this connection will connect to.
Gets or sets the id of the connection site in shape's connections table.
Specifies all functional restrictions applied on a connector shape.
Specifies a connection site for a shape. A connection site allows a connection shape to be attached to the owning shape.
Gets or sets the position of the connection site.
Gets or sets the incoming connector angle.
Specifies how an object should be rendered when specified to be in black and white mode.
Object rendered with automatic coloring.
Object rendered with black-only coloring.
Object rendered with black and gray coloring.
Object rendered within black and white coloring.
Object rendered with normal coloring.
Object rendered with gray coloring.
Object rendered within gray and white coloring.
Object rendered with hidden coloring.
Object rendered with inverse gray coloring.
Object rendered with light gray coloring.
Object rendered within white coloirng.
Describes how to render effects one on top of another.
Darken
Lighten
Multiply
Overlay
Screen
Specifies the compound line type that is to be used for lines with text such as underlines.
Single line.
Double lines.
Thick thin double lines.
Thin thick double lines.
Thin thick thin triple lines
Represents the relationship between effects in a container.
Each effect is separately applied to the parent object.
Each effect is applied to the result of the previous effect.
Specifies how to cap the ends of lines. Also affects the ends of line segments for dashed lines.
Square protrudes by half line width.
Rounded ends. Semi-circle protrudes by half line width.
Line ends at end point.
Specifies the length of a line end.
Small.
Medium.
Large.
Specifies the type of a line end.
None.
Arrow Head.
Diamond.
Oval.
Stealth Arrow.
Triangle Arrow Head.
Specifies the width of a line end.
Small.
Medium.
Large.
Specifies the shape of path to follow for a PathGradientShade.
Gradient follows a circular path.
Gradient follows a rectangular path.
Gradient follows the shape.
Specifies the amount of compression that has been used for a particular binary large image or picture (blip).
Compression size suitable for inclusion with email.
Compression size suitable for high quality printing.
No compression was used.
Compression size suitable for printing.
Compression size suitable for viewing on screen.
Represents the different preset color options.
Specifies a color with RGB value (240,248,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (250,235,215)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,255,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (127,255,212)
Specifies a color with RGB value (240,255,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (245,245,220)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,228,196)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,235,205)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (138,43,226)
Specifies a color with RGB value (165,42,42)
Specifies a color with RGB value (222,184,135)
Specifies a color with RGB value (95,158,160)
Specifies a color with RGB value (127,255,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (210,105,30)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,127,80)
Specifies a color with RGB value (100,149,237)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,248,220)
Specifies a color with RGB value (220,20,60)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,255,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,139,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (184,134,11)
Specifies a color with RGB value (169,169,169)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,100,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (169,169,169)
Specifies a color with RGB value (189,183,107)
Specifies a color with RGB value (139,0,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (85,107,47)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,140,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (153,50,204)
Specifies a color with RGB value (139,0,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (233,150,122)
Specifies a color with RGB value (143,188,143)
Specifies a color with RGB value (72,61,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (47,79,79)
Specifies a color with RGB value (47,79,79)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,206,209)
Specifies a color with RGB value (148,0,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,20,147)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,191,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (105,105,105)
Specifies a color with RGB value (105,105,105)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,139,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (184,134,11)
Specifies a color with RGB value (169,169,169)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,100,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (169,169,169)
Specifies a color with RGB value (189,183,107)
Specifies a color with RGB value (139,0,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (85,107,47)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,140,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (153,50,204
Specifies a color with RGB value (139,0,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (233,150,122)
Specifies a color with RGB value (143,188,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (72,61,139)
Specifies a color with RGB value (47,79,79)
Specifies a color with RGB value (47,79,79)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,206,209)
Specifies a color with RGB value (148,0,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (30,144,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (178,34,34)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,250,240)
Specifies a color with RGB value (34,139,34)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,0,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (220,220,220)
Specifies a color with RGB value (248,248,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,215,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (218,165,32)
Specifies a color with RGB value (128,128,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,128,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (173,255,47)
Specifies a color with RGB value (128,128,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (240,255,240)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,105,180)
Specifies a color with RGB value (205,92,92)
Specifies a color with RGB value (75,0,130)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,255,240)
Specifies a color with RGB value (240,230,140)
Specifies a color with RGB value (230,230,250)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,240,245)
Specifies a color with RGB value (124,252,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,250,205)
Specifies a color with RGB value (173,216,230)
Specifies a color with RGB value (240,128,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (224,255,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (250,250,210)
Specifies a color with RGB value (211,211,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (144,238,144)
Specifies a color with RGB value (211,211,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,182,193)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,160,122)
Specifies a color with RGB value (32,178,170)
Specifies a color with RGB value (135,206,250)
Specifies a color with RGB value (119,136,153)
Specifies a color with RGB value (119,136,153)
Specifies a color with RGB value (176,196,222)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,255,224)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,255,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (50,205,50)
Specifies a color with RGB value (250,240,230)
Specifies a color with RGB value (173,216,230)
Specifies a color with RGB value (240,128,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (224,255,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (250,250,120)
Specifies a color with RGB value (211,211,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (144,238,144)
Specifies a color with RGB value (211,211,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,182,193)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,160,122)
Specifies a color with RGB value (32,178,170)
Specifies a color with RGB value (135,206,250)
Specifies a color with RGB value (119,136,153)
Specifies a color with RGB value (119,136,153)
Specifies a color with RGB value (176,196,222)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,255,224)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,0,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (128,0,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (102,205,170)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,205)
Specifies a color with RGB value (102,205,170)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,205)
Specifies a color with RGB value (186,85,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (147,112,219)
Specifies a color with RGB value (60,179,113)
Specifies a color with RGB value (123,104,238)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,250,154)
Specifies a color with RGB value (72,209,204)
Specifies a color with RGB value (199,21,133)
Specifies a color with RGB value (186,85,211)
Specifies a color with RGB value (147,112,219)
Specifies a color with RGB value (60,179,113)
Specifies a color with RGB value (123,104,238)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,250,154)
Specifies a color with RGB value (72,209,204)
Specifies a color with RGB value (199,21,133)
Specifies a color with RGB value (25,25,112)
Specifies a color with RGB value (245,255,250)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,228,225)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,228,181)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,222,173)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,0,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (253,245,230)
Specifies a color with RGB value (128,128,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (107,142,35)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,165,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,69,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (218,112,214)
Specifies a color with RGB value (238,232,170)
Specifies a color with RGB value (152,251,152)
Specifies a color with RGB value (175,238,238)
Specifies a color with RGB value (219,112,147)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,239,213)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,218,185)
Specifies a color with RGB value (205,133,63)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,192,203)
Specifies a color with RGB value (221,160,221)
Specifies a color with RGB value (176,224,230)
Specifies a color with RGB value (128,0,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,0,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (188,143,143)
Specifies a color with RGB value (65,105,225)
Specifies a color with RGB value (139,69,19)
Specifies a color with RGB value (250,128,114)
Specifies a color with RGB value (244,164,96)
Specifies a color with RGB value (46,139,87)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,245,238)
Specifies a color with RGB value (160,82,45)
Specifies a color with RGB value (192,192,192)
Specifies a color with RGB value (135,206,235)
Specifies a color with RGB value (106,90,205)
Specifies a color with RGB value (112,128,144)
Specifies a color with RGB value (112,128,144)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,250,250)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,255,127)
Specifies a color with RGB value (70,130,180)
Specifies a color with RGB value (210,180,140)
Specifies a color with RGB value (0,128,128)
Specifies a color with RGB value (216,191,216)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,99,71)
Specifies a color with RGB value (64,224,208)
Specifies a color with RGB value (238,130,238)
Specifies a color with RGB value (245,222,179)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,255,255)
Specifies a color with RGB value (245,245,245)
Specifies a color with RGB value (255,255,0)
Specifies a color with RGB value (154,205,50)
Specifies a preset line dash pattern.
Dash.
pattern: 1111000
Dash Dot.
pattern: 11110001000
Dot.
pattern: 1000
Large Dash.
pattern: 11111111000
Large Dash Dot.
pattern: 111111110001000
Large Dash Dot Dot.
pattern: 1111111100010001000
Solid.
pattern: 1
System Dash.
pattern: 1110
System Dash Dot.
pattern: 111010
System Dash Dot Dot.
pattern: 11101010
System Dot.
pattern: 10
Specifies a preset type of pattern fill.
Cross.
Dashed Downward Diagonal.
Dashed Horizontal.
Dashed Upward Diagonal.
Dashed Vertical
Diagonal Brick.
Diagonal Cross.
Divot.
Dark Downward Diagonal.
Dark Horizontal.
Dark Upward Diagonal.
Dark Vertical.
Downward Diagonal.
Dotted Diamond.
Dotted Grid.
Horizontal.
Horizontal Brick.
Large Checker Board.
Large Confetti.
Large Grid.
Light Downward Diagonal.
Light Horizontal.
Light Upward Diagonal.
Light Vertical.
NarrowHorizontal.
Narrow Vertical.
Open Diamond.
5%
10%
20%
25%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
75%
80%
90%
Plaid
Shingle.
Small Checker Board.
Small Confetti.
Small Grid.
Solid Diamond.
Sphere.
Trellis.
Upward Diagonal.
Vertical.
Wave.
Wide Downward Diagonal.
Wide Upward Diagonal.
Weave.
Zig Zag.
Specifies a list of fixed shadow types.
Top Left Drop Shadow.
Top Left Large Drop Shadow.
Back Left Long Perspective Shadow.
BackRightLongPerspectiveShadow.
Top Left Double Drop Shadow.
Bottom Right Small Drop Shadow
Front Left Long Perspective Shadow.
Front Right LongPerspective Shadow.
3D Outer Box Shadow.
3D Inner Box Shadow.
Back Center Perspective Shadow.
Top Right Drop Shadow.
Front Bottom Shadow.
Back Left Perspective Shadow.
Back Right Perspective Shadow.
Bottom Left Drop Shadow.
Bottom Right Drop Shadow.
Front Left Perspective Shadow.
Front Right Perspective Shadow.
Top Left Small Drop Shadow.
Represents the different preset color options.
Callout 1 with Border and Accent Shape.
Callout 2 with Border and Accent Shape.
Callout 3 with Border and Accent Shape.
Callout 1 Shape.
Callout 2 Shape.
Callout 3 Shape.
Back or Previous Button Shape.
Beginning Button Shape.
Blank Button Shape.
Document Button Shape.
End Button Shape.
Forward or Next Button Shape.
Help Button Shape.
Home Button Shape.
Information Button Shape.
Movie Button Shape.
Return Button Shape.
Sound Button Shape.
Curved Arc Shape.
Bent Arrow Shape.
Bent Connector 2 Shape.
Bent Connector 3 Shape.
Bent Connector 4 Shape.
Bent Connector 5 Shape.
Bent Up Arrow Shape.
Bevel Shape
Block Arc Shape.
Callout 1 with Border Shape.
Callout 2 with Border Shape.
Callout 3 with Border Shape.
Brace Pair Shape.
Bracket Pair Shape.
Callout 1 Shape.
Callout 2 Shape.
Callout 3 Shape.
Can Shape.
Chart Plus Shape.
Chart Star Shape.
Chart X Shape.
Chevron Shape.
Chord Shape.
Circular Arrow Shape.
Cloud Shape.
Callout Cloud Shape.
Corner Shape.
Corner Tabs Shape.
Cube Shape.
Curved Connector 2 Shape.
Curved Connector 3 Shape.
Curved Connector 4 Shape.
Curved Connector 5 Shape.
Curved Down Arrow Shape.
Curved Left Arrow Shape.
Curved Right Arrow Shape.
Curved Up Arrow Shape.
Decagon Shape.
Diagonal Stripe Shape.
Diamond Shape.
Dodecagon Shape.
Donut Shape.
Double Wave Shape.
Down Arrow Shape.
Callout Down Arrow Shape.
Ellipse Shape.
Ellipse Ribbon Shape.
Ellipse Ribbon 2 Shape.
Alternate Process Flow Shape.
Collate Flow Shape.
Connector Flow Shape.
Decision Flow Shape.
Delay Flow Shape.
Display Flow Shape.
Document Flow Shape.
Extract Flow Shape.
Input Output Flow Shape.
Internal Storage Flow Shape.
Magnetic Disk Flow Shape.
Magnetic Drum Flow Shape.
Magnetic Tape Flow Shape.
Manual Input Flow Shape.
Operation Flow Shape.
Merge Flow Shape.
Multi-Document Flow Shape.
Offline Storage Flow Shape.
Off-Page Connector Flow Shape.
Online Storage Flow Shape.
Or Flow Shape.
Process Flow Shape.
Preparation Flow Shape.
Process Flow Shape.
Punched Card Flow Shape.
Punched Tape Flow Shape.
Sort Flow Shape.
Junction Flow Shape.
Terminator Flow Shape.
Folded Corner Shape.
Frame Shape.
Funnel Shape.
Gear 6 Shape.
Gear 9 Shape.
Half Frame Shape.
Heart Shape.
Heptagon Shape.
Hexagon Shape.
Home Plate Shape.
Horizontal Scroll Shape.
Irregular Seal 1 Shape.
Irregular Seal 2 Shape.
Left Arrow Shape.
Callout Left Arrow Shape.
Left Brace Shape.
Left Bracket Shape.
Left Circular Arrow Shape.
Left Right Arrow Shape.
Callout Left Right Arrow Shape.
Left Right Circular Arrow Shape.
Left Right Ribbon Shape.
Left Right Up Arrow.
Left Up Arrow.
Lightning Bolt Shape.
Line Shape.
Line Inverse Shape.
Divide Math Shape.
Equal Math Shape.
Minus Math Shape.
Multiply Math Shape.
Not Equal Math Shape.
Plus Math Shape.
Moon Shape.
Non-Isosceles Trapezoid Shape.
No Smoking Shape.
Notched Right Arrow Shape.
Octagon Shape.
Parallelogram Shape.
Pentagon Shape.
Pie Shape.
Pie Wedge Shape.
Plaque Shape.
Plaque Tabs Shape.
Plus Shape.
Quad-Arrow Shape.
Callout Quad-Arrow Shape.
Rectangle Shape.
Ribbon Shape.
Ribbon 2 Shape.
Right Arrow Shape.
Callout Right Arrow Shape.
Right Brace Shape.
Right Bracket Shape.
One Round Corner Rectangle Shape.
Two Diagonal Round Corner Rectangle Shape.
Same-side Round Corner Rectangle Shape.
Round Corner Rectangle Shape.
Right Triangle Shape.
Smiley Face Shape.
One Snip Corner Rectangle Shape.
Two Diagonal Snip Corner Rectangle Shape.
Same-side Snip Corner Rectangle Shape.
One Snip One Round Corner Rectangle Shape.
Square Tabs Shape.
Ten Pointed Star Shape.
Twelve Pointed Star Shape.
Sixteen Pointed Star Shape.
Twenty Four Pointed Star Shape.
Thirty Two Pointed Star Shape.
Four Pointed Star Shape.
Five Pointed Star Shape.
Six Pointed Star Shape.
Seven Pointed Star Shape.
Eight Pointed Star Shape.
Straight Connector 1 Shape.
Striped Right Arrow Shape.
Sun Shape.
Swoosh Arrow Shape.
Teardrop Shape.
Trapezoid Shape.
Triangle Shape.
Up Arrow Shape.
Callout Up Arrow Shape.
Up Down Arrow Shape.
Callout Up Down Arrow Shape.
U-Turn Arrow Shape.
Vertical Scroll Shape.
Wave Shape.
Callout Wedge Ellipse Shape.
Callout Wedge Rectangle Shape.
Callout Wedge Round Rectangle Shape.
Specifies how to position two rectangles relative to each other.
Bottom alignment.
Bottom-left alignment.
Bottom-right alignment.
Left alignment.
Center alignment.
Right alignment.
Top alignment.
Top-left alignment.
Top-right alignment.
Extra scheme color 1.
Extra scheme color 2.
Extra scheme color 3.
Extra scheme color 4.
Extra scheme color 5.
Extra scheme color 6.
Semantic background color.
Semantic additional background color.
Main dark color 1.
Main dark color 2.
Followed Hyperlink Color.
Hyperlink Color.
Main Light Color 1.
Main Light Color 2.
A color used in theme definitions which means to use the color of the style.
Semantic text color.
Semantic additional text color.
Represents the different system color options.
Specifies a Dark shadow color for three-dimensional display elements.
Specifies a Light color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source).
Specifies an Active Window Border Color.
Specifies the active window title bar color.
In particular the left side color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar if the gradient effect is enabled.
Specifies the Background color of multiple document interface (MDI) applications.
Specifies the desktop background color.
Specifies the face color for three-dimensional display elements and for dialog box backgrounds.
Specifies the highlight color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source).
Specifies the shadow color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing away from the light source).
Specifies the color of text on push buttons.
Specifies the color of text in the caption, size box, and scroll bar arrow box.
Specifies the right side color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar.
Specifies the right side color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar.
Specifies a grayed (disabled) text. This color is set to 0 if the current display driver does not support a solid gray color.
Specifies the color of Item(s) selected in a control.
Specifies the text color of item(s) selected in a control.
Specifies the color for a hyperlink or hot-tracked item.
Specifies the color of the Inactive window border.
Specifies the color of the Inactive window caption.
Specifies the left side color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar if the gradient effect is enabled.
Specifies the color of text in an inactive caption.
Specifies the background color for tooltip controls.
Specifies the text color for tooltip controls.
Specifies the menu background color.
Specifies the background color for the menu bar when menus appear as flat menus.
Specifies the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu.
Specifies the color of Text in menus.
Specifies the scroll bar gray area color.
Specifies window background color.
Specifies the window frame color.
Specifies the color of text in windows.
Specifies the flip options for tiles.
Tile is not flipped
Tile is flipped horizontally.
Tile is flipped vertically.
Tile is flipped on both axes.
Coerces values to match the constraints of xsd:unsignedInt.
uint is CLS incompatible
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_TextFontScalePercent simple type. D = [1000, 100000].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_TextSpacingPercent simple type. D = [0, 13200000].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_PositiveFixedAngle simple type. D = [0, 21600000).
Type values represent a positive angle in 60000ths of a degree. Range from [0, 360 degrees).
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_FixedAngle simple type. D = (-5400000, 5400000).
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_TextColumnCount simple type. D = [1, 16].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_FOVAngle simple type. D = [0, 10800000].
Type values represent an angle in 60000ths of a degree. Range from [0, 180 degrees].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_LineWidth simple type. D = [0, 20116800).
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_FixedPercentage simple type. D = [-100000, 100000].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_PositiveFixedPercentage simple type. D = [0, 100000].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_PositivePercentage simple type. D = [0, ∞).
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_PositiveCoordinate simple type. D = [0, 27273042316900].
Coerces values to match the constraints of ST_Coordinate simple type. D = [-27273042316900, 27273042316900].
Specifies the different index values in the document's font collection.
The major font of the style's font scheme.
The minor font of the style's font scheme.
No font reference.
Specifies a reference to a font in the document's font collection.
Gets or sets the index of the font in the font collection.
Gets or sets the color applied by the style.
Specifies a reference to a style within the document style matrix.
Gets or sets the index of the font in the font collection.
Gets or sets the color applied by the style.
Specifies the text horizontal overflow types.
When a big character does not fit into a line, allow a horizontal overflow.
When a big character does not fit into a line, clip it at the proper horizontal overflow.
Specifies auto-fit options for text within a shape.
Specifies that text within the text body should not be auto-fit to the bounding box.
Auto-fitting is when text within a text box is scaled in order to remain inside the text box.
Specifies that text within the text body should be normally auto-fit to the bounding box.
Auto-fitting is when text within a text box is scaled in order to remain inside the text box.
Specifies when a preset geometric shape should be used to transform a piece of text.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given text warp.
Gets or sets the preset geometry that will be used for a shape warp on the text.
Specifies preset geometries that will be used for a shape warp on a piece of text.
No Text Shape.
Plain Text Shape.
Stop Sign Text Shape.
Triangle Text Shape.
Inverted Triangle Text Shape.
Chevron Text Shape.
Inverted Chevron Text Shape.
Inside Ring Text Shape.
Outside Ring Text Shape.
Upward Arch Text Shape.
Downward Arch Text Shape.
Circle Text Shape.
Button Text Shape.
Upward Pour Arch Text Shape.
Downward Pour Arch Text Shape.
Circle Pour Text Shape.
Button Pour Text Shape.
Upward Curve Text Shape.
Downward Curve Text Shape.
Upward Can Text Shape.
Downward Can Text Shape.
Wave 1 Text Shape
Wave 2 Text Shape
Double Wave 1 Text Shape.
Wave 4 Text Shape
Inflate Text Shape.
Deflate Text Shape.
Bottom Inflate Text Shape.
Bottom Deflate Text Shape.
Top Inflate Text Shape.
Тop Deflate Text Shape.
Deflate-Inflate Text Shape.
Deflate-Inflate-Deflate Text Shape.
Right Fade Text Shape.
Left Fade Text Shape.
Upward Fade Text Shape.
Downward Fade Text Shape.
Upward Slant Text Shape
Downward Slant Text Shape.
Upward Cascade Text Shape.
Downward Cascade Text Shape.
Specifies that a shape should be auto-fit to fully contain the text described within it.
Auto-fitting is when the shape is scaled in order to contain all the text inside.
Specifies a list of available anchoring types for text.
Top.
Center
Bottom.
Justified.
Distributed.
Specifies the text wrapping types.
No wrapping will occur on this text body. Words will spill out without paying attention to the bounding rectangle boundaries.
Determines if words are wrapped within the bounding rectangle of the parent DrawingML object.
Specifies the text vertical overflow types.
Overflow the text and pay no attention to top and bottom barriers.
Pay attention to top and bottom barriers. Use an ellipsis to denote that there is text which is not visible.
Pay attention to top and bottom barriers. Provide no indication that there is text which is not visible.
Specifies the types of vertical text.
Horizontal text.
Determines if all of the text is vertical orientation (each line is 90 degrees rotated clockwise,
so it goes from top to bottom; each next line is to the left from the previous one).
Determines if all of the text is vertical orientation (each line is 270 degrees rotated clockwise,
so it goes from bottom to top; each next line is to the right from the previous one).
Determines if all of the text is vertical ("one letter on top of another").
A special version of vertical text, where some fonts are displayed as if rotated by
90 degrees while some fonts (mostly East Asian) are displayed vertical.
A special version of vertical text, where some fonts are displayed as if rotated by
90 degrees while some fonts (mostly East Asian) are displayed vertical. The difference between this and the EastAsianVertical
is the text flows top down then LEFT to RIGHT, instead of RIGHT to LEFT.
Specifies that vertical WordArt should be shown from right to left rather than left to right.
Speicifies rich text content that can be hosted in a TextBoxContent element.
Specifies the textual contents of a shape that is not the first in the series of shapes for the same text box story.
Gets or sets the identity of the text box story begun by a txbx element.
Gets or sets the position of the owning shape in the given text box story.
Specifies the non-visual drawing properties specific to a connector shape.
Gets or sets the behavior restrictions for a given connector shape.
Gets or sests the start destination of the connector shape.
Gets or sests the end destination of the connector shape.
Specifies a set of non visual properties for a given shape.
Gets or sets the shape id.
Gets or sets description text.
Gets or sets title text.
Gets or sets the name.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the shape is hidden.
Gets or sets the hyperlink action that should be executed on hover.
Gets or sets the hyperlink action that should be executed on mouse click.
Specifies a set of non visual properties for a given shape.
Gets or sets the behavior restrictions in effect.
Gets or sets a value which indicates whether the underlying shape is a text box.
Represents a DrawingML shape that is used exclusively in WordsProcessing documents.
Gets or sets the shape style.
Gets or sets the visual properties of the shape.
Gets or sets the properties of the underlying text box element.
Gets or sets reference to the first text box in a series of shapes that share common text box story.
Gets or sets the visual properties that describe the underlying text box element.
Gets or sets the non-visual drawing properties.
Gets or sets the non-visual shape properties.
Specifies the style information for a shape.
Gets or sets a reference to a line style within the style matrix.
Gets or sets a reference to a fill style within the style matrix.
Gets or sets a reference to an effect style within the style matrix.
Gets or sets a reference to a font within the font collection.
Specifies a list of properties for a text body within a shape.
Gets or sets the anchoring position within the shape.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the text box should be centered.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the line spacing for this text body will be decided in a simplistic manner using the font scene.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the font will be rendered anti alised.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the text is converted from WordArt.
Use for compatibility only.
Gets or sets the bottom inset of the bounding rectangle. Insets are used just as internal margins for text boxes within shapes.
Gets or sets the top inset of the bounding rectangle. Insets are used just as internal margins for text boxes within shapes.
Gets or sets the left inset of the bounding rectangle. Insets are used just as internal margins for text boxes within shapes.
Gets or sets the right inset of the bounding rectangle. Insets are used just as internal margins for text boxes within shapes.
Gets or sets the number of columns of text in the bounding rectangle.
Only values in [1, 16] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets an overflow type that describes whether the text can flow out of the bounding box horizontally.
Gets or sets an overflow type that describes whether the text can flow out of the bounding box vertically.
Gets or sets the current text wrapping type.
Gets or sets the rotation applied to the text within the bounding box.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether columns are used in a right-to-left order.
Gets or sets the space between columns.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the before and after paragraph spacing defined by the user is to be respected.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether text should remain upright, regardless of the transform applied to it and the accompanying shape transform.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the given text should be displayed vertically.
It also specifies different verticla placement types.
Gets or sets a value that indicates how text should be rendered in 3D scene.
Gets or sets 3D scene properties for the shape.
Gets or sets the auto-fit approach that will be used in the text box.
Gets or sets a text warp to be used on the text.
Specifies a rich text content host for word processing shapes
Represents a richt text element that can be embedded in a DrawingML shape.
Gets or sets the text box id.
Gets or sets the uderlying rich text content.
Specifies the existence of an image (binary large image or picture) and contains a reference to the image data.
Gets the list of effects applied to the picture.
Gets or sets the compression state with which the picture is stored.
Gets or sets the identification information for an embedded picture.
Gets or sets the identification information for a linked picture.
Specifies its input color with the specific opacity, but with its color unchanged.
Specifies a more or less opaque version of its input color. An alpha modulate never increases the alpha beyond 100%.
A 200% alpha modulate makes an input color twice as opaque as before. A 50% alpha modulate makes an input color half as opaque as before.
Specifies a more or less opaque version of its input color. Increases or decreases the input alpha
percentage by the specified percentage offset.A 10% alpha offset increases a 50% opacity to 60%. A -10% alpha
offset decreases a 50% opacity to 40%. The transformed alpha values are limited to a range of 0 to 100%. A 10%
alpha offset increase to a 100% opaque object still results in 100% opacity.
Specifies the input color with the specific blue component, but with the red and green color components unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its blue component modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% blue modulate will reduce the blue component by half. A 200% blue modulate will double the blue component.
Specifies the input color with its blue component shifted, but with its red and green color components unchanged.
Specifies that the color rendered should be the complement of its input color with the complement being defined as such.
Two colors are called complementary if, when mixed they produce a shade of grey.
The complement of red which is RGB (255, 0, 0) is cyan which is RGB (0, 255, 255).
Specifies that the output color rendered by the generating application should be the sRGB gamma shift of the input color.
Specifies a grayscale of its input color, taking into relative intensities of the red, green, and blue primaries.
Specifies the input color with the specific green component, but with the blue and red color components unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its green component shifted, but with its blue and red color components unchanged.
Specifies specifies the input color with the specified hue, but with its saturation and luminance unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its hue modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% hue modulate decreases the angular hue value by half. A 200% hue modulate doubles the angular hue value.
Specifies the input color with its hue shifted, but with its saturation and luminance unchanged.
Specifies the inverse of its input color.
The inverse of red (1, 0, 0) is cyan (0, 1, 1 ).
Specifies that the output color rendered by the generating application should be the inverse sRGB gamma shift of the input color.
Specifies the input color with the specified luminance, but with its hue and saturation unchanged.
Specifies specifies the input color with its luminance modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% luminance modulate will reduce the luminance by half. A 200% luminance modulate will double the luminance.
Specifies the input color with its luminance shifted, but with its saturation and hue unchanged.
Specifies the input color with the specific red component, but with the blue and green color components unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its red component modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% red modulate will reduce the red component by half. A 200% red modulate will double the red component.
Specifies the input color with its red component shifted, but with its blue and green color components unchanged.
Specifies specifies the input color with the specified saturation, but with its hue and luminance unchanged.
Specifies the input color with its saturation modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% hue modulate decreases the angular saturation value by half. A 200% hue modulate doubles the angular saturation value.
Specifies the input color with its saturation shifted, but with its hue and luminance unchanged.
Specifies a darker version of its input color.
A 10% tint is 10% of the input color combined with 90% black.
Specifies a lighter version of its input color.
A 10% tint is 10% of the input color combined with 90% white.
Specifies a color transform that affects a single value.
Specifies a color transform. A modulation will never increases the original value beyond 100%.
A 200% modulate doubles the original value, while a 50% modulate takses only half of it.
Specifies an absolute value that is added to the original value. The shifted values are limited to a range of 0 to 100%.
Get or sets the foreground color.
Get or sets the background color.
Get or sets the pattern type.
Gets or sets the current scale ratio. [WPF specific]
Gets or sets the height radius of the supposed circle being used to draw the arc.
This will give the ellipse a total height of (2 * HeightRadius).
Gets or sets the width radius of the supposed circle being used to draw the arc.
This will give the ellipse a total width of (2 * WidthRadius).
Gets or sets the start angle. It will specify what angle along the supposed circle path will be used as the start
position for drawing the arc. This start angle will be locked to the last known pen position in the shape path.
Gets or sets the swing angle. It will specify how far angle-wise along the supposed cicle path the arc will be extended.
The extension from the start angle will always be in the clockwise direction around the supposed circle.
Gets or sets the first curve point.
Gets or sets the second curve point.
Gets or sets the end point.
Gets or sets the end point.
Gets or sets the curve point.
Gets or sets the end point.
Gets a dash pattern based on the provided scheme.
A list of doubles that describes the pattern. Odd index numbers represent dash length, even index numbers - dash space
Gets or sets the width of the line.
Gets or sets the line join properties.
Gets or sets the limit on the ratio of the miter length to half the line width.
Gets or sets the end style that decorates the head of the line.
Gets or sets the end style that decorates the tail of the line.
Gets or sets the ending caps that should be used for this line.
Gets or sets the alignment to be used for the underline stroke.
Identifies the rotation of a DrawingML text box element.
The text box element is not rotated.
The text box is rotated by 90 degrees.
The text box is rotated by 270 degrees.
Specifies the input color with its green component modulated by the given percentage.
A 50% green modulate will reduce the green component by half. A 200% green modulate will double the green component.
Represents the AccentBorderCallout1 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the AccentBorderCallout2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the AccentBorderCallout3 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the AccentCallout1 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the AccentCallout2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the AccentCallout3 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonBackPrevious custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonBeginning custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonBlank custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonDocument custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonEnd custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonForwardNext custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonHelp custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonHome custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonInformation custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonMovie custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonReturn custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ActionButtonSound custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Arc custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BentArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BentConnector2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BentConnector3 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BentConnector4 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BentConnector5 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BentUpArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Bevel custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BlockArc custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BorderCallout1 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BorderCallout2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BorderCallout3 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BracePair custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the BracketPair custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Callout1 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Callout2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Callout3 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Can custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ChartPlus custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ChartStar custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the ChartX custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Chevron custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Chord custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CircularArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Cloud custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CloudCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Corner custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CornerTabs custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Cube custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedConnector2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedConnector3 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedConnector4 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedConnector5 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedDownArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedLeftArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedRightArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the CurvedUpArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Decagon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the DiagStripe custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Diamond custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Dodecagon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Donut custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the DoubleWave custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the DownArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the DownArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Ellipse custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the EllipseRibbon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the EllipseRibbon2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartAlternateProcess custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartCollate custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartConnector custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartDecision custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartDelay custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartDisplay custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartDocument custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartExtract custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartInputOutput custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartInternalStorage custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartMagneticDisk custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartMagneticDrum custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartMagneticTape custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartManualInput custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartManualOperation custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartMerge custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartMultidocument custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartOfflineStorage custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartOffpageConnector custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartOnlineStorage custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartOr custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartPredefinedProcess custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartPreparation custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartProcess custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartPunchedCard custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartPunchedTape custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartSort custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartSummingJunction custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FlowChartTerminator custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the FoldedCorner custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Frame custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Funnel custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Gear6 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Gear9 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the HalfFrame custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Heart custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Heptagon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Hexagon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the HomePlate custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the HorizontalScroll custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the IrregularSeal1 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the IrregularSeal2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftBrace custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftBracket custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftCircularArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftRightArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftRightArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftRightCircularArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftRightRibbon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftRightUpArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LeftUpArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LightningBolt custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Line custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the LineInv custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the MathDivide custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the MathEqual custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the MathMinus custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the MathMultiply custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the MathNotEqual custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the MathPlus custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Moon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the NonIsoscelesTrapezoid custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the NoSmoking custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the NotchedRightArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Octagon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Parallelogram custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Pentagon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Pie custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the PieWedge custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Plaque custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the PlaqueTabs custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Plus custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the QuadArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the QuadArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Rect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Ribbon custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Ribbon2 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the RightArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the RightArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the RightBrace custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the RightBracket custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Round1Rect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Round2DiagRect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Round2SameRect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the RoundRect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the RtTriangle custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the SmileyFace custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Snip1Rect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Snip2DiagRect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Snip2SameRect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the SnipRoundRect custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the SquareTabs custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star10 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star12 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star16 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star24 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star32 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star4 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star5 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star6 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star7 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Star8 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the StraightConnector1 custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the StripedRightArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Sun custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the SwooshArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Teardrop custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Trapezoid custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Triangle custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the UpArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the UpArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the UpDownArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the UpDownArrowCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the UturnArrow custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the VerticalScroll custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the Wave custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the WedgeEllipseCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the WedgeRectCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Represents the WedgeRoundRectCallout custom geometry type.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Specifies the size of the bounding box enclosing the referenced object.
Gets or sets the height of the extents rectangle in EMUs.
This rectangle shall dictate the size of the object as displayed (the result of any scaling to the original object).
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the width of the extents rectangle in EMUs.
This rectangle shall dictate the size of the object as displayed (the result of any scaling to the original object).
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Specifies an absolute value adjustable angle.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the written name of the angle.
Gets the value of the angle.
Specifies an absolute value adjustable coordinate.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the written name of the coordinate.
Gets the value of the coordinate.
Specifies base logic for an angle.
Gets the value of the angle.
Gets the written name of the angle.
Specifies base logic for a shape coordinate value coordinate.
Gets the value of the coordinate.
Gets the written name of the coordinate.
Coerces the raw value to match the type constraints. D = [-27273042316900, 27273042316900].
Specifies a linear adjust handle for a custom shape.
Gets or sets the starting position.
Gets or sets the name of the guide that will be updated with the adjustment x position from this adjust handle.
Gets or sets the name of the guide that will be updated with the adjustment y position from this adjust handle.
Gets or sets maximum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move horizontally.
Gets or sets minimum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move horizontally.
Gets or sets maximum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move vertically.
Gets or sets minimum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move vertically.
Specifies a polar adjust handle for a custom shape.
Gets or sets the starting position.
Gets or sets the name of the guide that will be updated with the adjustment angle from this adjust handle.
Gets or sets the name of the guide that will be updated with the adjustment radius from this adjust handle.
Gets or sets maximum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move angularly.
Gets or sets minimum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move angularly.
Gets or sets maximum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move radially.
Gets or sets minimum angle position that is allowed for this adjustment handle.
If this attribute is omitted, then it will be assumed that this adjust handle cannot move radially.
Specifies a custom geometric shape.
Gets the list of available connection sites declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of guides declared by the given geometry.
Gets the list of adjust handles that can be used to modify the given custom geometry.
Gets the list of paths that describe the given custom geometry.
Gets or sets the bounds of the text rectangle.
Specifies a base class for DrawingML geometry definition.
Gets the list of adjust value guides that describe the given geometry.
Specifies the precense of a shape guide that will be used to govern the geometry of the specified shape.
Gets or sets the name that will be used to reference to this guide, which may be used just as a variable would within an equation.
It may be substituted for literal values within other guides or the specification of the shape path.
Gets or sets the formula that will be used to calculate the value for a guide.
Specifies an adjustable angle that refers to a guide.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the written name of the angle.
Specifies an adjustable coordinate that refers to a guide.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the written name of the coordinate.
Specifies an adjust handle.
Gets or sets the starting position.
Specifies a position coordinate within the shape bounding box.
It works in the shape's local coordinate system.
Gets or sets the x coordinate for this position coordinate.
Gets or sets the y coordinate for this position coordinate.
Specifies when a preset geometric shape should be used instead of a custom geometric shape.
Specifies the preset geometry that will be used for this shape.
Specifies the rectangular bounding box for text within a shape.
Gets or sets the top coordinate.
Gets or sets the bottom coordinate.
Gets or sets the left coordinate.
Gets or sets the right coordinate.
Specifies the hyperlink information to be applied to a run of text.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether activating the hyperlink should stop all sounds that are playing when it is executed.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether has already been used within this document.
That is when a hyperlink has already been visited that this attribute would be utilized
so the generating application can determine the color of this text.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether hyperlink action should be added to history.
Gets or sets the relationship id that when looked up in this slides relationship file contains the target of this hyperlink.
Gets or sets the action that will be executed.
Gets or sets the target frame that is to be used when opening this hyperlink.
Gets or sets the tooltip that should be displayed when the hyperlink text is hovered over with the mouse.
Gets or sets a URL that will be used if the URL is invalid.
Specifies the location of the bounding box of an object.
Gets or sets the the horizontal offset of the bounding box.
Gets or sets the the vertical offset of the bounding box.
Describes a path declaration element.
Specifies a DrawingML path.
Gets the list of elements that describe the path.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether a stroke for the path is drawn.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the use of 3D extrusions is possible on this path.
Gets or sets the width, or maximum x coordinate that should be used for within the path coordinate system.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the height, or maximum y coordinate that should be used for within the path coordinate system.
Only values in [0, 27273042316900] are accepted. Values out of bounds are coerced.
Gets or sets the fill mode that describes how the path will be filled.
Specifies an arc element within a shape path.
Gets or sets the height radius of the supposed circle being used to draw the arc.
This will give the ellipse a total height of (2 * HeightRadius).
Gets or sets the width radius of the supposed circle being used to draw the arc.
This will give the ellipse a total width of (2 * WidthRadius).
Gets or sets the start angle. It will specify what angle along the supposed circle path will be used as the start
position for drawing the arc. This start angle will be locked to the last known pen position in the shape path.
Gets or sets the swing angle. It will specify how far angle-wise along the supposed cicle path the arc will be extended.
The extension from the start angle will always be in the clockwise direction around the supposed circle.
Specifies the closing of the parent path regarding the current pen location.
Specifies a third degree Bezier curve within a shape.
Gets or sets the first curve point.
Gets or sets the second curve point.
Gets or sets the end point.
Specifies the manner in which a path should be filled.
The lightening and darkening of a path allow for certain parts of the shape to be colored lighter of darker.
The corresponding path should have no fill.
The corresponding path should have a normally shaded color applied to it’s fill.
The corresponding path should have a lightly shaded color applied to its fill.
The corresponding path should have a slightly lighter shaded color applied to its fill.
The corresponding path should have a darker shaded color applied to its fill.
The corresponding path should have a slightly darker shaded color applied to its fill.
Specifies a straight line within a shape.
Gets or sets the end point.
Specifies movement of the pen position within a shape.
Gets or sets the poit to which the pen will be moved.
Specifies an x-y coordinate within the path coordinate space.
Gets or sets the x coordinate for this position coordinate.
Gets or sets the y coordinate for this position coordinate.
Specifies a second degree Bezier curve within a shape.
Gets or sets the curve point.
Gets or sets the end point.
Specifies all functional restrictions applied on a shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that adjust handles for the corresponding connection should be hidden.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that arrowhead changes should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that aspect ratio changes should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that shape type changes should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that shape point editing should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that text editing should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that shape grouping should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
If so it cannot be combined within other shapes to form a group of shapes.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that shape position changes should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that shape size changes should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that rotation should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Gets or sets a vlaue that indicates that selection should not be allowed for the corresponding connection shape.
Specifies the visual shape properties that can be applied to a shape.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the picture should be rendered in black and white mode.
Gets or sets the shape's geometry.
Gets or sets the shape's fill.
Gets or sets the shape's outline.
Gets or sets the 2D transfor which is applied to the shape.
Gets or sets 3D scene properties for the shape.
Gets or sets 3D properties for the shape.
Gets or sets the list of effects applied to the shape.
Specifieds 2D transformations applied to a visual object.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the target object is flipped vertically.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the target object is flipped horizontally.
Gets or sets the object's extents.
Gets or sets the object's bounding box location.
Gets or sets the rotation angle.
Represents position in .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document box.
if set to true [track document change events].
The ensure valid position callback.
Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class.
The of in which the position will be used.
Indicates whether the position is anchored to the end of the word. If true, the position is kept between the same characters when there is a modification in the content before the position.
Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class.
The of .
Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class.
An instance of in which the position will be used.
Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class.
An instance of in which the position will be used.
Indicates whether the position is anchored to the end of the word. If true, the position is kept between the same characters when there is a modification in the content before the position.
Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class.
The document position to copy.
Indicates whether the position is anchored to the end of the word. If true, the position is kept between the same characters when there is a modification in the content before the position.
Initializes a new instance of the DocumentPosition class.
The document position to copy.
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the start of a .
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the end of a .
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the start of a .
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the end of a .
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the start of a .
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the start of the document.
Determines whether the DocumentPosition is at the end of the document.
Gets a value representing the layout position of this document position.
Gets a value indicating whether this position is inside table.
true if this position is inside table; otherwise, false.
Occurs when the position is moved.
For the caret position, this can be also achieved using the arrows keys or by clicking somewhere in the document.
Occurs before the position is moved.
For the caret position, this can be also achieved using the arrows keys or by clicking somewhere in the document.
Occurs when changing the coordinates of a position.
For the caret position, this can be also achieved by typing, using the arrows keys or by clicking somewhere in the document.
Occurs before changing the coordinates of a position.
For the caret position, this can be also achieved by typing, using the arrows keys or by clicking somewhere in the document.
Resets the position to the first position in the document.
Anchors the position to the current box index.
Restores the position from the box index.
Anchors the position to the next formatting symbol.
Removes the anchor to the next formatting symbol.
Called when position is changing.
Called when position is changed.
Called before changing the location of the position.
Called after changing the location of the position.
if set to true [changes cursor initial location].
Finds the first box for word.
The inline layout box.
Finds the last box for word.
The inline layout box.
Checks if a position is at the start of a paragraph.
The position to check.
Checks if a position is at the end of a paragraph.
The position to check.
Checks if a position is at the start of a table cell.
The position to check.
Checks if a position is at the start of the document.
The position to check.
Checks if a position is at the end of the document.
The position to check.
Checks if a position is at the end of a table cell.
The position to check.
Checks if a position is at the start of a table row.
The position to check.
Gets the current index in span.
Gets the index of the position in the current .
The index of the position in the current .
Gets the index of the position in the current span.
The index of the position in the current span.
Gets the current word.
The current word.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the previous .
The previous . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the next .
The next . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the previous .
The previous . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the next .
The next . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the next .
The next . If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the previous .
The previous element. If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the next element.
The next element. If such cannot be found, the method returns null.
Gets the current .
The current element if the position is in an . Otherwise, null.
Gets the current .
The current element if the position is in a . Otherwise, null.
Gets the current .
The current element if the position is in a . Otherwise, null.
Gets the current .
The current element if the position is in a . Otherwise, null.
Gets the current .
The current element if the position is in a . Otherwise, null.
Gets the current .
The current element if the position is in a . Otherwise, null.
Moves the position to a specific position in the document.
The new position.
Moves the position to the next possible position in the document.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the previous possible position in the document.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the nearest possible to a given point.
The point.
Moves the position to .
The .
The index in the .
Moves the position to the start of an .
Moves the position to the start of a document element.
The document element.
Moves the position to the start of a document element.
The document element.
Moves the position to the end of a document element.
The document element.
Moves the position to the end of a document element.
The document element.
Moves the position to the start of the current word.
Moves the position to the end of the current word.
Moves the position to the start of the next word.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the start of the previous word.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the next SpanLayoutBox.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the previous .
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the next InlineLayoutBox.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the next InlineLayoutBox.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the previous InlineLayoutBox.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the previous .
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the start of the current line.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position to the end of the current line.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position up.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position down.
True if the position is moved successfully. Otherwise, false.
Moves the position vertically with specified offset.
The vertical offset.
Moves the position to the last position in the current paragraph.
Moves the position to the last position in the current paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the current paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the current paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the next paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the next paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the previous paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the previous paragraph.
Moves the position to the last position in the previous paragraph.
Moves the position to the last position in the previous paragraph.
Moves the position to the first position in the current table cell.
Moves the position to the first position in the current table cell.
Moves the position to the last position in the current table cell.
Moves the position to the last position in the current table cell.
Moves the position to the first position on the next page.
Moves the position to the first position on the next page.
Moves the position to the last position on the previous page.
Moves the position to the last position on the previous page.
Moves the position to the start of a page.
The number of the page the position should be moved to.
Moves the position to the first position in the document.
Moves the position to the first position in the document.
Moves the position to the last position in the document.
Moves the position to the last position in the document.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Implements the operator ==.
The first position.
The second position.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator !=.
The first position.
The second position.
The result of the operator.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Implements the operator >.
The first position.
The second position.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator <.
The first position.
The second position.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator >=.
The first position.
The second position.
The result of the operator.
Implements the operator <=.
The first position.
The second position.
The result of the operator.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Compares the current object with another object of the same type.
An object to compare with this object.
A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the parameter.Zero This object is equal to . Greater than zero This object is greater than .
Disposes this DocumentPosition.
Represents the index of a position in a .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The index array.
The position in inline.
Gets the hierarchical index for a layout box.
A layout box.
Optional index in case the box is .
The hierarchical index.
Gets a layout box by its hierarchical index.
The layout box of the parent document.
The hierarchical index of the layout box.
The layout box.
Gets an integer array representing the hierarchical index.
An integer array representing the hierarchical index.
Determines whether the specified , is equal to this instance.
The to compare with this instance.
true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
Returns a hash code for this instance.
A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.
Returns a that represents this instance.
A that represents this instance.
Compares the current object with another object of the same type.
An object to compare with this object.
A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has the following meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This object is less than the parameter.Zero This object is equal to . Greater than zero This object is greater than .
Represents a wrapper of allowing the latter to be used in data binding scenarios.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The format provider.
The bytes property.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The format provider.
The property owner.
The bytes property.
Gets or sets the update source trigger.
The update source trigger.
The update source trigger property.
Gets or sets the bytes.
The bytes.
The rich text box property.
Gets or sets the RadRichTextBox this DataProvider is attached to.
The format provider property. It gets or sets the associated format provider.
Gets or sets the IDocumentFormatProvider thas is used when converting the document
Creates a new property to replace the property.
The name.
The callback invoked when the property changes.
The sender.
The instance containing the event data.
Binds the specified .
The .
Unbinds the specified .
The R.
Updates the document.
Updates the bytes.
Sets the value respecting one way bindings.
The value.
Occurs after the byte[] associated with this instance changes.
Called after the byte[] associated with this instance changes.
Fires when the DataProvider creates new document.
Called when the DataProvider creates new document.
The new document.
Occurs when an exception is thrown during import.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Represents a wrapper of allowing the latter to be used in data binding scenarios.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The format provider.
The string property.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The format provider.
The property owner.
The string property.
Gets or sets the update source trigger.
The update source trigger.
The update source trigger property.
Gets or sets the string representing the document.
The string.
The rich text box property.
Gets or sets the this DataProvider is attached to.
The format provider property.
Gets or sets the that is used when converting the document.
Creates a custom string property.
The name.
A callback invoked when the associated string is changed.
The sender.
The instance containing the event data.
Binds the specified .
The RadRichTextBox.
Unbinds the specified instance.
The RadRichTextBox.
Updates the document inside the control.
Updates the string representing the document.
Sets the value respecting one way bindings.
The value.
Updates the attached data provider.
The dependency object.
The format provider factory.
A function that can get the attached to data provider.
A function that can set the attached to data provider.
The attached data provider property.
The new value.
Called after changing the attached data provider.
The dependency object.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs after the string associated to the provider changes.
Called when the string associated to the provider is changed.
Occurs when the data provider creates a new document.
Called when the data provider creates a new document.
The document.
Occurs when the import causes an exception.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets the exception that occured.
The exception.
Gets or sets a document to be loaded when an exception is thrown.
The document to load.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The exception.
The document to load.
Defines different action types that can trigger update of a source.
The property changed trigger. The update of the source is triggered when the value of one of the properties changes.
The lost focus trigger. The update of the source is triggered when it losts focus.
The explicit trigger. The source is updated explicitly only.
The default trigger is .
A base class defining members for importing and exporting content to/from .
Gets the name of the specific format provider.
The name.
Gets the description of the supported file formats.
The files description.
Gets the extensions supported by this format provider.
The supported extensions.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance can import.
true if this instance can import; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance can export.
true if this instance can export; otherwise, false.
Imports the specified into a instance.
The containing the document data.
The generated instance.
Exports the specified instance.
The document.
The the document should be saved into.
Imports the specified array into a instance.
The array containing the document data.
The generated instance.
Exports the specified document to a array.
The document.
A array containing the document data.
Provides different settings that are applied while exporting a instance to DOCX.
Gets or sets the display mode which will be applied to all fields in the exported document.
When the value is , fields' display mode is not changed. This can provide a better performance and lower memory usage while exporting.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides settings applied while exporting a instance to DOCX.
Defines members allowing for customization of the way a format provider imports or exports content to DOCX.
Gets or sets the settings used while exporting content.
The export settings.
Gets or sets the settings used while importing content.
The import settings.
Provides additional data for font substitution.
Gets the name of the original font.
The name of the original font.
Gets or sets the substituting font family.
The substituting font family.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Name of the original font.
The substituting font family.
Provides additional data for the .
Gets or sets the name of the class.
The name of the class.
Gets or sets the class definition.
The class definition.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The name.
The definition.
Specified different levels for exporting a document.
Export the whole document. Includes the HTML declaration, more specifically HTML, TITLE, HEAD and BODY tags.
Export the required fragment of the content. Only the HTML BODY tag will be exported.
Provides additional data the event.
Gets the floating UI container.
The floating UI container.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container should be skipped while exporting.
true if the container should be skipped while exporting; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets content of a comment to be used along with the container's content.
The content of the comment.
Gets or sets the HTML representing the container.
The HTML.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The floating UI container.
Content of the comment.
Content of the HTML.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets the content of a comment that will be used along with the container's content.
The content of the comment.
Gets the HTML representing the container.
The HTML.
Gets the floating UI container.
The floating UI container.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Content of the comment.
The HTML.
The floating UI container.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets a value indicating whether this is handled.
true if handled; otherwise, false.
Gets the content of a comment that will be used along with the container's content.
The content of the comment.
Gets the HTML representing the container.
The HTML.
Gets the the container will be inserted into.
The target paragraph.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Content of the comment.
The HTML.
The the container will be inserted into.
Provides different settings that are applied while exporting a instance to HTML.
Gets or sets the title of the generated HTML file.
The title.
Gets or sets which element tags should be exported.
The document export level.
Gets or sets the image export mode.
The image export mode.
Gets or sets the styles export mode. This controls how the properties of the document elements will be exported.
Gets or sets the styles export mode. This controls how the properties of the document elements will be exported.
The styles export mode.
Gets or sets the style repository export mode.
Controls how the style repository of the document is exported to HTML.
The style repository export mode.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether an additional metadata should be added when exporting CSS classes. This metadata can be used later when importing.
true if the additional metadata should be exported; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font styles: bold, italic and underline should be exported as tags.
true if the font styles should be exported as tags; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font-weight: bold should be exported as tag strong.
true if the font-weight should be exported as tag strong.; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font-style: italic should be exported as tag em.
true if the font-style should be exported as tag em; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether Heading styles should be exported as HTML heading styles (h1, h2 etc.)
true if Heading styles should be exported as HTML heading styles; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether empty document should be exported as empty string.
true if empty document should be exported as empty string; otherwise, false.
Gets collection where you can add properties which won't be exported for certain HTML tag.
Gets collection where you can add properties which won't be exported for certain HTML tag.
Gets a collection where you can add properties which will not be exported for a certain HTML tag.
Gets a collection where you can add properties which will not be exported for a certain HTML tag.
Gets or sets if RadRichTextBox should export only properties which has local or style value source.
true if properties with local or style value source should be exported; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the span export mode. This option will not affect the content of the span but only how the span tag is exported.
Controls how the span tag is exported.
The span export mode.
Occurs when an image is being exported. You can use this event to customize the image.
Occurs when an is being exported. You can use this event to customize the container and the way it is exported.
Occurs when an is being exported. You can use this event to customize the container and the way it is exported.
Occurs when a CSS class is being exported.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides additional data the event.
Gets the instance which is being exported.
The inline UI container.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container should be skipped while exporting.
true if the container should be skipped while exporting; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets content of a comment to be used along with the container's content.
The content of the comment.
Gets or sets the HTML representing the container.
The HTML.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The inline UI container.
Content of the comment.
Content of the HTML.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets the content of a comment that will be used along with the container's content.
The content of the comment.
Gets the HTML representing the container.
The HTML.
Gets the instance that has been imported.
The inline UI container.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Content of the comment.
Content of the HTML.
The inline UI container.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets a value indicating whether this is handled.
true if handled; otherwise, false.
Gets the content of a comment that will be used along with the container's content.
The content of the comment.
Gets the HTML representing the container.
The HTML.
Gets the the container will be inserted into.
The target paragraph.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Content of the comment.
The HTML.
The the container will be inserted into.
Describes when the span tag will be exported. The following options will not affect the content of the span only the tag.
Span tags will be exported when they have styling.
Span tags will be always exported.
Defines values determining how the style repository of a is exported to HTML.
Export styles form the document styles repository to CSS classes
Don't export styles form the document styles repository
Defines values for the different modes that can be used when exporting styles to HTML.
Create CSS classes containing properties of document elements
Inline properties of document elements using style attribute
Provides additional data for the event.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The image.
The URL.
Contains a reference to the element which is currently being initialized.
Specifies the URL from which the image will be loaded if Handled is false.
Specifies if the image has been already initialized by the user or should be loaded from the specified URL.
Provides different settings that are applied while importing HTML content into a instance.
Occurs when an object is being loaded through a URL source.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether whether the default font properties of RadRichTextBox or the defaults in the HTML specification should be used
for the elements that do not set their FontSize, FontFamily, FontWeight and FontStyle explicitly.
true if the default font properties of RadRichTextBox should be used; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the heading style of the imported HTML should be imported or not.
true if the style should be imported; otherwise, false.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when an is being imported.
Occurs after importing an .
Occurs when an is being imported.
Occurs after importing a .
Occurs when the HTML source specifies a Font that is not available to the RichTextBox.
Defines members allowing for customization of the way a format provider imports or exports content to HTML.
Gets or sets the settings used while exporting content.
The export settings.
Gets or sets the settings used while importing content.
The import settings.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets or sets the source for the image.
The source.
Gets or sets the alternate text for the image.
The alternate text.
Gets or sets the image title.
The title.
Gets the image.
The image.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The image.
Defines values for the different modes that can be used when exporting images to HTML.
Image are not exported.
The best mode to export the image is chosen automatically.
Images are inline Base64 encoded and split into parts laid out in a table.
Images are inline Base64 encoded.
Event is raised on exporting.
The UriSource property is set as 'src' attribute of the 'img' tag.
Defines members for converting text based documents to/from .
Imports the specified .
The string containing the document.
The generated instance.
Exports the specified document to a .
The document.
A containing the document.
Defines members allowing for customization of the way a format provider imports or exports content to PDF.
Gets or sets the settings used while exporting content.
The export settings.
Provides values determining how the comments in a document should be exported to PDF.
The comments will be skipped while exporting.
The comments will be exported as native PDF annotations.
Provides values determining the compression mode used when compressing contents.
No compression.
The deflate algorithm is used to compress the data.
An automatic compression is applied to the content. The automatic algorithm uses .
Entries in the document information dictionary.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the title.
The title.
Gets or sets the author.
The author.
Gets or sets the subject.
The subject.
Gets or sets the keywords.
The keywords.
Gets or sets the creator.
The creator.
Gets or sets the producer.
The producer.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether to include creation date in the document information dictionary.
true if the creation date should be included; otherwise, false.
Provides different settings that are applied while exporting a instance to PDF.
Gets or sets a value determining how objects should be exported.
The mode.
Gets or sets a value determining how objects should be exported.
The mode.
Gets or sets a value indicating the compression level to be used when deflating images.
-1 = Automatic compression.
0 = No compression.
9 = Best compression.
The default is 0.
Gets or sets a value indicating the compression mode used when compressing page contents.
Gets or sets a value indicating the compression mode used when compressing images.
Gets or sets a value indicating the compression level to be used when deflating images.
-1 = Automatic compression.
0 = No compression.
9 = Best compression.
The default is 0.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the exporter will draw a rectangle below the page body contents.
Gets or sets a value determining how objects should be exported.
The mode.
Gets or sets the document information.
The document information.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Provides values determining the compression mode used when compressing images.
Don't compress the images.
Use the deflate algorithm to compress the images.
Use PdfExportSettings.ImagesDeflaterCompressionLevel to specify the compression ratio.
Use JPEG to compress the images.
This mode is only supported for images that are imported as JPEGs.
Automatically choose the best algorithm to compress the images.
Provides values determining how objects in a document should be exported to PDF.
Do not exported s.
Export s as images.
Defines members allowing for customization of the way a format provider imports or exports content to RTF.
Gets or sets the settings used while exporting content.
The export settings.
Gets or sets the settings used while importing content.
The import settings.
Provides additional data for the event.
Gets or sets the image bytes.
The image bytes.
Gets or sets the image extension.
The extension.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance should be exported in compatibility group.
If this property is set to , the image is wrapped in nonshppict RTF tag.
true if this instance is in compatibility group; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The image bytes.
The image extension.
Provides different settings that are applied while exporting a instance to RTF.
Gets or sets the display mode which will be applied to all fields in the exported document.
When the value is , fields' display mode is not changed. This can provide a better performance and lower memory usage while exporting.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the images in the document should be exported in compatibility group.
If this property is set to , the images are wrapped in nonshppict RTF tag. ///
true if images should be exported in compatibility mode; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Occurs when an image is being exported.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Provides different settings that are applied while importing RTF content.
Occurs when the RTF source specifies a font that is not currently available and can be used to provide the font data.
Represents a wrapper of that can be used in data binding scenarios.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The text property.
Gets or sets the current document as Text.
The source property.
Sets the source.
The dependency object.
The source value.
Gets the source.
The dependency object.
A string representing the source.
Gets the attached data provider.
The dependency object.
The provider.
Represents a format provider that can import and export plain text documents from/to .
Gets the name of the specific format provider.
The name.
Gets the description of the supported file formats.
The files description.
Gets the extensions supported by this format provider.
The supported extensions.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance can import.
true if this instance can import; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this instance can export.
true if this instance can export; otherwise, false.
Imports the specified into a instance.
The containing the document data.
The generated instance.
Exports the specified instance to plain text.
The document.
The the document should be saved into.
Imports the specified .
The string containing the document.
The generated instance.
Exports the specified document to a .
The document.
A containing the document.
Event arguments for the PreProcessingXaml event.
Creates a new instance of the PreProcessingXamlEventArgs class.
The XAML that is being imported.
Gets or sets the XAML that is being imported. Allows you to edit it before the import.
Determines if the default validation (safety) check of the XAML should be skipped.
Images are not exported
Images are exported using their RawData
Event is fired on exporting
The UriSource property is used instead of RawData. Bare in mind that this property may not be set on all images.
Represents errors that occur during Xaml verification.
Initializes a new instance of th eUnverifiedXamlException class with a specified error message.
The exception message
Gets the collection of the assemblies where the allowed types for the XAML import are.
This event allows you to edit the Xaml before the import or cancel the import if you are not sure that the Xaml is safe.
A class responsible for preserving the registered format providers.
Initializes the class.
Gets the registered format providers.
The format providers.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether MEF should be used to load all format providers automatically.
true if all format providers should be loaded automatically; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the format provider metadata.
The format provider parts.
Gets the file extensions of the supported formats.
A collection of the extensions.
Gets a format provider by its name.
Name of the provider.
Gets the provider for a specific extension.
The extension.
Registers a format provider.
The provider.
Clears all format providers. This method is used only for test purposes.
Represents the history for a .
The default maximum number of records in the history stack.
Gets a value indicating whether undo operation can be exexuted.
true if this instance can undo; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether redo operation can be exexuted.
true if this instance can redo; otherwise, false.
The maximum number of records in the history stack.
Gets a value indicating whether an undo group has been started.
true if this instance is in undo group; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the history for a is enabled.
true if the history is enabled; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document to track the history for.
Begins a new group of undoable actions.
Ends an already opened through group.
The text that will be displayed for this undo group.
Cancels the undo group that has been started using .
Reverts the document state before the last modification.
A boolean value determinig whether the undo operation passed successfuly.
Cannot Undo while in begin undo group.
Reverts the document to its state before the last undo operation.
A value indicating whether the redo operation passed successfully.
Cannot Redo while in begin undo group.
Clears the history.
Cannot clear the history while in undo group.
Gets the last commands in the history.
The number of commands.
A list containing the last commands.
Processes the child floating blocks.
The current box.
returns true if new measure pass is needed
Describes the alignment of the content of layout element.
Top left alignment.
Top centered alignment.
Top right alignment.
Middle left alignment.
Middle centered alignment.
Middle right alignment.
Bottom left alignment.
Bottom centered alignment.
Bottom right alignment.
Gets the display name.
The display name.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The font family.
The display name.
Determines whether the specified is equal
to the current .
The to compare with the current
.
true if the specified is equal to the
current ; otherwise, false.
Serves as a hash function for a particular type.
A hash code for the current .
Returns a string representation of this .
The input font family string.
Represents space formatting symbol.
Represents non-breaking space formatting symbol.
Represents paragraph end formatting symbol.
Represents tab formatting symbol.
Represents vertical tab formatting symbol.
Represents line break formatting symbol.
Represents page break formatting symbol.
Represents en space (U+2002) formatting symbol.
Represents em space (U+2003) formatting symbol.
Represents four-per-em space (U+2005) formatting symbol.
Represents zero width space (U+200B) formatting symbol.
Represents ideographic space (U+3000) formatting symbol.
Represents column break formatting symbol.
Gets registered fonts.
Gets the registered FontFamilyInfo.
The font family.
Determines whether the specified font family is registered.
The font family.
Registers a font.
The font family.
Registers a FontFamilyInfo.
The font family info.
Unregisters a font.
The font to unregister.
Unregisters a FontFamilyInfo.
The font family info.
Count of the gaps that are caused by single symbol characters
Represents observable collection of font families.
Occurs when the items list of the collection has changed, or the collection is reset.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Gets the visual columns count. If the collection doesn't have a single column, the text is rendered again in a single column
and thus, we return 1.
Gets the total column width part (portion) from the total column widths (all columns sum).
For example, if the section have two columns and the one is 2 times the other, the result is 3.
If the section have 3 equal columns, the result is 3 since each one represents a single part.
Unlinks the box without children and links the new one. The method is invoked when the box to unlink is splitted.
The new box to link.
Gets or sets whether the TableLayoutBox has child repeat on every page rows and indicates whether they should be rendered or not.
Gets or sets the repeat on every page rows source table layout box. The source table layout box is the associated table's first layout box.
The repeat on every page rows source table layout box.
Gets whether the new fragment creation (splitting the old fragment) should be interrupted.
Space symbol (U+0020), " ".
Space symbol (U+00A0), " ".
En Space symbol (U+2002), " ".
Em Space symbol (U+2003), " ".
Four-Per-Em Space symbol (U+2005), " ".
Ideographic Space symbol (U+3000), " ".
Zero Width Space symbol (U+200B), "​".
Lozenge symbol (U+25CA).
Not Sign symbol (U+00AC).
Horizontal tabulation symbol (U+0009).
Pilcrow Sign symbol (U+00B6).
Degree Sign symbol (U+00B0).
Rightwards Arrow symbol (U+2192).
Currency Sign symbol (U+00A4).
Carriage return + line feed.
Vertical tab symbol (U+000B).
Middle dot symbol (U+00B7).
Gets whether the new fragment creation (splitting the old fragment) should be interrupted.
Defines element's visibility.
Indicates that the element is visible.
Indicates that the element is hidden.
Indicates that the element is collapsed.
Gets whether the new fragment creation (splitting the old fragment) should be interrupted.
The should interrupt create new fragment.
Unlinks the box without children and links the new one. The method is invoked when the box to unlink is splitted.
The new box to link.
Gets the RadBitVector64 structure that holds all the bit states of the object.
Gets or sets the size of the element which is the height and width of the visual
rectangle that would contain the element. Size corresponds to
element's Bounds.Size. When the AutoSize property is set
to true setting the Size property to some value has no effect.
Gets the level of this element in the LayoutElement tree it currently resides.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the element size will be calculated
automatically by the layout system. Value of false indicates that the element's size
will not be changed when calculating the layout.
Notifies the object for a change in its bit state.
Applies the specified boolean value to the BitVector of the object.
Determines whether the element is currently in valid state.
That is having a valid RadElementTree reference and being in either Constructed or Loaded state.
Arranges the to its final location.
The element must call the Arrange method of each of its children.
The size that is available for element.
The rectangle occupied by the element. Usually . Should you return different size, the Layout system will restart measuring and rearranging the items. That could lead to infinite recursion.
In this method call to the Arrange method of each child must be made.
Measures the space required by the
Used by the layout system.
The size that is available to the . The available size can be infinity (to take the full size of the element)
The minimum size required by the element to be completely visible. Cannot be infinity.
In this method call to the Measure method of each child must be made.
Determines whether the bit, corresponding to the specified key is set
Gets the UInt64 structure holding the separate bits of the vector.
Clears all currently set bits in this vector.
Specifies the order for matrix transform operations.
The new operation is applied before the old operation.
The new operation is applied after the old operation.
Represents a light-weight 3*3 Matrix to be used for GDI+ transformations.
Initializes a new RadMatrix, using the specified parameters.
Copy constructor.
Initializes a new RadMatrix, applying the specified X and Y values as DX and DY members of the matrix.
Initializes a new RadMatrix, scaling it by the provided parameters, at the origin (0, 0).
Initializes a new RadMatrix, scaling it by the provided parameters, at the specified origin.
Initializes a new RadMatrix, rotated by the specified angle (in degrees) at origin (0, 0).
Initializes a new RadMatrix, rotated by the specified angle (in degrees) at the provided origin.
Determines whether the current matrix is empty.
Determines whether this matrix equals to the Identity one.
Gets the determinant - [(M11 * M22) - (M12 * M21)] - of this Matrix.
Determines whether this matrix may be inverted. That is to have non-zero determinant.
Gets the scale by the X axis, provided by this matrix.
Gets the scale by the Y axis, provided by this matrix.
Gets the rotation (in degrees) applied to this matrix.
Gets all the six fields of the matrix as an array.
Gets the type of the header and footer for this page.
Gets the header for this page.
Sets the header.
The header.
Gets the footer for this page.
Sets the footer.
The footer.
Gets the height of the header.
Gets the height of the footer.
Gets the margin of the header content inside the top page margin.
Gets the margin of the footer inside the bottom page margin.
Class responsible for generating and keeping the default list styles.
No list is being applied.
The definition for no list style.
Gets the default bulleted list style.
The definition for bulleted list style.
Gets the default numbered list style.
The definition for numbered list style.
Gets the default numbered list style with parenthesis after the number.
The definition for numbered list style with parenthesis after the number.
Gets the default hierarchical numbered list style.
The definition for hierarchical numbered list style.
Gets the list style that uses upper roman numbering.
The definition for the list style that uses upper roman numbering.
Gets the list style that uses lower roman numbering.
The definition for the list style that uses lower roman numbering.
Gets the list style that uses upper letters.
The definition for the list style that uses upper letters.
Gets the list style that uses lower letters.
The definition for the list style that uses lower letters.
Gets the list style that uses lower letters with parenthesis after the letter.
The definition for the list style that uses lower letters with parenthesis after the letter.
Gets the styles that have been registered.
The registered styles.
Initializes the class. Generates all default list styles.
Creates the default numbered list style.
A definition representing the numbered list style.
Creates the default bulleted list style.
A definition representing the bulleted list style.
Gets the list item string.
Gets the list item string.
If set to true changes bullet symbol to one that is correctly visualized on MacOSX.
Class responsible for the lists in .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document the manager will be responsible for.
Registers a if such is still not registered.
The list style.
Removes a from the registered styles.
The list style.
Gets a document list by identifier.
The identifier.
The under the specified identifier. If such is not found, the method returns null.
Gets the list style by identifier.
The identifier.
The under the specified identifier. If such is not found, the method returns null.
Gets all list styles.
A collection of objects.
Gets all document lists.
A collection of objects.
Complex word proofer for French and Italian
Represents a class which is used to import dictionary files containing only words separated by new line, or just define custom dictionary using set of words.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets the words.
The words.
Loads the specified stream.
The stream.
Loads the specified words.
The words.
Determines whether the specified word is contained in the dictionary.
The word.
Gets the metaphone key.
The word.
Gets the words by metaphone key.
The word.
Gets or sets the spell check uppercase words.
The spell check uppercase words.
Gets or sets the spell check words with numbers.
The spell check words with numbers.
"Vowels" to test for
Prefixes when present which are not pronounced
Maximum length of an encoding, default is 4
Encode a value with Double Metaphone
@param value string to encode
@return an encoded string
Encode a value with Double Metaphone, optionally using the alternate
encoding.
@param value string to encode
@param alternate use alternate encode
@return an encoded string
Check if the Double Metaphone values of two string
values
are equal.
@param value1 The left-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
@param value2 The right-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
@return true
if the encoded string
s are equal;
false
otherwise.
@see #isDoubleMetaphoneEqual(string,string,bool)
Check if the Double Metaphone values of two string
values
are equal, optionally using the alternate value.
@param value1 The left-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
@param value2 The right-hand side of the encoded {@link string#equals(Object)}.
@param alternate use the alternate value if true
.
@return true
if the encoded string
s are equal;
false
otherwise.
Returns the maxCodeLen.
@return int
Sets the maxCodeLen.
@param maxCodeLen The maxCodeLen to set
Handles 'A', 'E', 'I', 'O', 'U', and 'Y' cases
Handles 'C' cases
Handles 'CC' cases
Handles 'CH' cases
Handles 'D' cases
Handles 'G' cases
Handles 'GH' cases
Handles 'H' cases
Handles 'J' cases
Handles 'L' cases
Handles 'P' cases
Handles 'R' cases
Handles 'S' cases
Handles 'SC' cases
Handles 'T' cases
Handles 'W' cases
Handles 'X' cases
Handles 'Z' cases
Complex condition 0 for 'C'
Complex condition 0 for 'CH'
Complex condition 1 for 'CH'
Complex condition 0 for 'L'
Complex condition 0 for 'M'
Determines whether or not a value is of slavo-germanic orgin. A value is
of slavo-germanic origin if it contians any of 'W', 'K', 'CZ', or 'WITZ'.
Determines whether or not a character is a vowel or not
Determines whether or not the value starts with a silent letter. It will
return true
if the value starts with any of 'GN', 'KN',
'PN', 'WR' or 'PS'.
Cleans the input
Gets the character at index index
if available, otherwise
it returns Character.MIN_VALUE
so that there is some sort
of a default
Shortcut method with 1 criteria
Shortcut method with 2 criteria
Shortcut method with 3 criteria
Shortcut method with 4 criteria
Shortcut method with 5 criteria
Shortcut method with 6 criteria
* Determines whether value
contains any of the criteria
starting
* at index start
and matching up to length length
Inner class for storing results, since there is the optional alternate
encoding.
Calculates the "Levenshtein Distance" of two strings
Gets or sets the maximum incorrect words number. Negative value means unlimited.
The maximum incorrect words number.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document.
The spell checker to be used.
A list of words that should be ignored.
Gets the list of incorrect words.
The list of incorrect words.
Updates the list of incorrect words.
Updates the list of incorrect words.
Position to start the update from.
The end position.
Gets the next error.
Start position.
The next error.
Gets the next error.
Start position.
End position.
The next error in the specified range.
Gets the next error.
Start position.
The next error.
Gets the next error.
Start position.
End position.
The next error in the specified range.
Checks if a specified word is correct.
The word.
true, if the word is correct; otherwise false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether MEF should be used to load default dictionaries.
true if default dictionaries should be loaded automatically; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the list of dictionaries used by SpellChecker. Generally this property is not intended to be used directly from your code, rather it is set automatically by MEF.
Adds a dictionary with the specified culture to the spell checker. If a dictionary with this culture already exists, it is overwritten.
Adds a lazily initialized dictionary with the specified culture to the spell checker. If a dictionary with this culture already exists, it is overwritten.
Removes the dictionary with the specified culture from the spell checker. This method returns false if no such dictionary is found.
Adds a custom dictionary with the specified culture to the spell checker. If a dictionary with this culture already exists, it is overwritten.
This method is obsolete. Use RemoveCustomDictionary(CultureInfo) instead.
Removes the custom dictionary with the specified culture from the spell checker. This method returns false if no such dictionary is found.
Represents a command that cancels the format painter if it was prepared to paste.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated with the command.
Gets a value indicating whether the behavior of the command can be executed in a protected document.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns false.
true if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only. The default implementation returns false.
Performs a check whether the command can be executed specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Provides data for event.
Gets a value indicating whether the format painter can currently paste.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The value indicating whether the format painter can currently paste.
Describes the possible parameters of the .
The format painter will copy the current formatting and prepare to paste it once.
The format painter will copy the current formatting and prepare to paste it in multiple places.
The format painter will cancel pasting.
Represents a command that can copy formatting from the current selection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated with the command.
Gets a value indicating whether the behavior of the command can be executed in a protected document.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns false.
true if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only. The default implementation returns false.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Represents a UI-friendly command for inserting a line numbering.
Initializes a new instance of the type.
The associated editor
Represents the logic that is executed when it is evaluated whether the command can be triggered.
The command parameter
Represents a UI-friendly command for inserting a non-breaking space.
Initializes a new instance of the type.
The associated editor
Represents the logic that is executed when it is evaluated whether the command can be triggered.
The command parameter
Represents the logic that is executed when the command is triggered.
The command parameter
Represents a UI-friendly command for inserting structured documents tags (Content Controls).
Initializes a new instance of the type.
The associated editor
Represents the logic that is executed when the command is triggered.
The command parameter
Represents the logic that is executed when it is evaluated whether the command can be triggered.
The command parameter
Represents a command that can paste formatting to the current selection.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated with the command.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
The command which when executed, shows the ShowLineNumberingDialog.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The RadRichTextBox which the ShowLineNumberingDialogCommand belongs.
The command which when executed, shows the SectionColumnDialog.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The RadRichTextBox which the SectionColumnDialog belongs.
Represents a command that can change the state of the format painter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated with the command.
Gets a value indicating whether the behavior of the command can be executed in a protected document.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns true.
true if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only. The default implementation returns true.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Occurs when the state of the format painter of the RadRichTextBox has changed.
Called when the state of the format painter of the RadRichTextBox has changed.
The command which when executed, suppresses the line numbering for the current paragraph.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The RadRichTextBox which the SuppressLineNumberingForCurrentParagraphCommand belongs.
Defines behaviors for and .
Command tries to insert tab symbol if possible.
Command tries to change current paragraph's list level if possible.
Command tries to change current paragraph's left indent if possible.
Command tries to navigate caret position in current table if possible.
Command tries to append table row to the current table if possible.
Default behavior, which is combination of all other behaviors.
Provides data for event.
Gets the command.
The command.
Gets the command parameter.
The command parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The command.
The command parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The command.
Provides data for event.
Gets the command.
The command.
Gets the command parameter.
The command parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The command.
The command parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The command.
Specifies targets on which commands could be applied.
The command can be applied on main document body.
The command can be applied on headers and footers.
The command can be applied on comments.
The command can be applied on footnotes and endnotes.
The command can be applied on shape text box element.
The command can be applied on all document parts.
Represents a command that activates the footer editing mode.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns true.
true if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether the behavior of the command can be executed in a protected document.
Gets the supported for the command.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The editor.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Represents a command that activates the header editing mode.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns true.
true if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether the behavior of the command can be executed in a protected document.
Gets the supported for the command.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The editor.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated .
Gets a value indicating whether command must be enabled when there is selection in table. Default implementation returns false.
true if the command must be enabled; otherwise, false.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The associated .
Gets the associated rich text box.
The associated rich text box.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when RadRichTextBox is read-only. The default implementation returns false.
true if this command preserves document's content; otherwise, false.
Gets a value indicating whether this command can be executed when editing context is read-only. The default implementation returns false.
Gets a value indicating whether the behavior of the command can be executed in a protected document.
Gets the supported for the command.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the command is enabled.
Performs a check whether the command can be executed specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Performs the execute action specific to the command.
The command parameter.
Selects the current hyperlink or word.
The document.
The hyperlink info of the selected hyperlink.
Describes the selection range type.
Selection range containing text and table elements.
Selection range containing a table only.
Selection range containing a table row only.
Selection range containing a table cell only.
Represents a selection in a .
Gets a collection of all instances in the selection.
Gets a value determining whether the selection is empty.
Gets or sets whether the Advanced selection mode is enabled.
If so, when the cursor leaves the initial word the selection continues by expanding with a whole word every time
until the cursor moves in the opposite direction. When the cursor returns to the initial word the selection continues to expand one character at a time.
More about this behavior can be learned in the documentation.
Creates an instance of the class.
A instance which the selection will be associated to.
Empties the selection and begins a new starting at the specified .
This method starts the creation of a range, which should be finished with .
The start position.
Begins a new starting at the specified .
This method starts the creation of a range, which should be finished with .
The start position.
Finishes the started by setting its end at the specified .
This method finishes a range started using or .
The end position.
Selects annotation range including the and elements.
The of the annotation.
Gets the selected text.
The text of the selection.
Gets the selected text.
If set to true, the result will include the bullet or numbering characters in case a paragraph is in a list.
The text of the selection.
Gets a value indicating whether the selected boxes can be enumerated correctly.
This method can return false when the selection is not valid during specific operation when the document is being edited.
Enumerates through all inline layout boxes included in the selected ranges.
A collection of inline layout boxes.
Enumerates through all inline layout boxes of type included in the selected ranges.
A collection of inline layout boxes of type .
Clears the selection.
Gets a instance describing the form of the selection.
A instance describing the form of the selection.
Gets a instance describing the form of the selection visible in the .
The rectangle used to clip the selection.
A instance describing the form of the selection.
Selects all elements in the document.
Creates a new selection containing the specific table row.
The table row that should be selected.
Creates a new selection containing all the cells at a specified table grid column index.
The table grid is the set of grid columns which define all of the shared vertical edges of the table.
The table containing the column that should be selected.
The index of the table grid column that should be selected.
Creates a new selection containing all the cells at the table grid column index of the specified table cell.
A cell from the column that should be selected.
Adds a table cell to the existing selection.
The cell that should be added to the selection.
Adds a paragraph to the existing selection.
The paragraph that should be added to the selection.
Adds a specified document element to the existing selection.
The document element that should be added to the selection.
Creates a new document from the selected elements.
Determines whether the fields in the selection should be replaced with their result values.
A instance containing the elements from the selection.
Copies all selected document elements to a instance.
Determines whether the partially selected revision ranges should be preserved by creating pairs for them.
A object containing the copied elements.
Gets the paragraphs included in the selection.
A collection containing the paragraphs in the selection.
Gets all annotation markers of type T in the selection.
A collection containing the annotation markers of type T in the selection.
Determines whether the selection contains annotation markers of type T.
True if the selection contains annotation markers of the specified type. Otherwise, false.
Gets the selected shape inline if it is the only inline selected, otherwise returns null.
Gets the selected Inline if it is the only inline selected, otherwise returns null.
For example, it is suitable to check if only a is selected.
Returns the selected Inline if it is the only inline selected, otherwise returns null.
Gets the text from the selected document elements.
A string containing the text in the selection.
Occurs before the selection is changed.
Occurs after the selection is changed.
Called before the selection is changed.
Called after the selection is changed.
Returns true if multiple click.
Represents one continuous range of selected document elements, part of .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets the position from which the range starts.
The start position.
Gets or sets the position at which the range ends.
The end position.
Gets a value indicating whether the range is empty.
true if the range is empty; otherwise, false.
Gets the type of the range.
The type of the range.
Determines whether the range contains a specified .
The position to check.
true if the specified range contains the ; otherwise, false.
ShapeAdornerUI
InitializeComponent
ImageAdornerUI
InitializeComponent
CursorPlane
The element representing the current cursor. Can be null if no cursor or one of the system cursors is selected.
The rotate transform of the current cursor, if any.
The translate transform of the current cursor, if any.
The element used to display system cursors.
Sets the element used to display system cursors
InitializeComponent
Types of cursors available
No cursor shown
The default cursor (typically SystemArrow)
Size cursor that supports angle
Move cursor
Contains dragging information for a specified adorner
Angle of the cursor based on the adorner location
Type of drag being performed
Used for resize adorners only.
Shows how much the width will change when moving mouse one positive unit.D:\Projects\EasyPainter\EasyPainter\Dialogs\
typically -1, 0, or 1
Used for resize adorners only.
Shows how much the height will change when moving mouse one positive unit.
typically -1, 0, or 1
Selects left or right edge to not move during resize
-1: right
1: left
Selects top or bottom edge to not move during resize
-1: top
1: bottom
True is width/height ratio should be preserved
Shows the specified cursor type. CursorType==None draws no cursor
the type of the cursor to show
Sets the position of the cursor relative to the cursor plane, that holds all adorner controls as well
No-op for system cursors, which always follow the mouse
Sets the angle of the cursor for
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Provides data for active document editor changed event.
Gets the type of the active document editor.
The type of the active document editor.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Type of the document editor.
Provides an extensible approach to change the RadRichTextBox's Caret.
Creates the caret.
Represents a special used to insert text in
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the caret is blinking.
true if the caret is blinking; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the text contents of the text box, with all new lines removed.
Gets or sets the minimum interval (in milliseconds) between two consecutive raises of event.
The value is respected only when is true.
The default value is 15.
The minimum interval (in milliseconds) between two consecutive raises of event.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether asynchronous text insertion is enabled.
true if asynchronous text insertion is enabled; otherwise, false.
Is called when a control template is applied.
Invoked whenever an unhandled attached routed event reaches an element derived from this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event.
Provides data about the event.
Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event.
The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was released.
Makes the caret visible and blinking.
Hides the caret.
Clears the text currently in the caret.
Occurs when text is inserted in the caret, but not more often than .
Called when text is inserted in the caret, but not often than .
The sender.
The instance containing the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Called when the occurs.
The event data.
Invoked whenever an unhandled attached routed event reaches an element derived from this class in its route. Implement this method to add class handling for this event.
Provides data about the event.
Is called when content in this editing control changes.
The arguments that are associated with the event.
This enum is for internal use only.
Represents TextInput events.
Provides functionality for showing a mention box.
Gets a value indicating if the MentionBox is open.
Gets or sets the index of the focused item.
Shows the mention box.
The current richTextBox instance.
Hides the mention box.
Describes the means to notify the user with information.
Notifies the user with the provided information.
Attribute which should be applied to indicate whether the dialog is а CustomLineNumberingDialog.
Initialize a new instance of the class.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for line numbers.
Show the dialog.
The context which encapsulate the parameters needed for shown the dialog.
Attribute which indicates that the dialog is LineNumberingDialog.
Initialize a new instance of the class.
Indicates whether the dialog is the default dialog.
Represents class containing parameters used by LineNumberingDialog.
Gets the owner of the LineNumberingDialog.
Callback which is executed when dialog changes are applied.
Initialize new instance of class.
The owner of the dialog.
Attribute which should be applied to indicate whether the dialog is а CustomSectionColumnsDialog.
Initialize a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The insert table callback.
First parameter specifies rows;
second parameter specifies columns;
the third parameter specifies if paragraphs should be inserted before table when it is in the start of block container.
The owner of the dialog.
Defines the basic functionality of the SectionColumnsDialog.
Show the dialog.
The context which encapsulate the parameters needed for shown the dialog.
Attribute which indicates that the dialog is SectionColumnsDialog.
Initialize a new instance of the class.
Indicates whether the dialog is the default dialog.
Represents class containing parameters used by SectionColumnsDialog.
Gets the owner of the SectionColumnsDialog.
Callback which is executed when dialog changes are applied.
Initialize new instance of class.
The owner of the dialog.
Callback which is executed when dialog changes are applied.
Gets or sets the default style which will be used to fill in the dialog on Reset All
The default style.
A callback that is used to apply the style filled in the UI.
The apply style.
Gets the current editing style. Provided for backward compatibility.
The current editing style.
The owner RadRichTextBox used to set the owner of the RadWindow and to extract the current style.
The owner.
Contains information that can be used by dialogs implementing
Gets the current region permissions info.
Gets all the permissions info.
Gets the callback used for updating permission range.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Current region permissions infos.
Current users.
The callback used for updating permission range.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for changing editing permissions.
Shows the dialog.
The context containing information about current permissions and how to set them.
The owner of the dialog.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for footnotes and endnotes
Shows the dialog.
The notes dialog context.
The owner of the dialog.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for enforcing document protection
Shows the dialog.
The callback that will be used to set the document password.
The owner of the dialog.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for removing document protection
Shows the dialog.
The callback that will be used to remove the document protection.
The owner of the dialog.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for creation of new style with specified type.
The dialog title.
Type of the style.
The owner.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for creation of new style.
The dialog title.
The owner.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for editing of style definition.
The dialog title.
The real style definition.
The owner.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for editing of list style.
The dialog title.
The real list style.
The owner.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for editing custom spell checking dictionaries.
Shows the dialog.
The custom word dictionary to edit.
The owner of the dialog.
Closes the dialog.
Returns to initial state. This method is used only for test purpouses.
Encapsulates logic for spell checking dialogs for .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The instance of RadRichTextBox to be spell checked.
Ignores the current word for further spell checking.
Ignores the specified word for further spell checking.
The word to be ignored.
Ignores all occurrences of word.
The word.
Adds word to dictionary.
The word.
Gets the spellchecking suggestions for a word.
The word.
A collection filled with the suggestions.
Changes the currently selected word with the suggestion.
The suggestion.
Selects the next incorrect word and returns info about it.
Current incorrect word info.
Creates the spell checking context document.
Text range for the incorrect word.
containing the incorrect word and its context.
Shows the dialog for editing custom spellchecking dictionaries.
Determines whether there is custom dictionary to edit.
true if there is custom dictionary to edit; otherwise, false.
Changes all occurrences of the with .
The incorrect word.
The suggestion which will replace the word.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for spell checking.
Shows the dialog.
The spell checking UI manager.
The owner of the dialog.
Closes the dialog.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The location, relative to silverlight plugin.
Gets the location of the context menu, relative to silverlight plugin.
The location.
Shows the context menu at specified location, relative to passed RadRichTextBox.
The location to show at.
RadRichTextBox to attach to.
Shows the context menu at specified location, relative to passed RadRichTextBox, with list of suggestions for incorrect word
The location to show at.
RadRichTextBox to attach to.-
The word info to show suggestions for.
Hides the menu.
Occurs when context menu is opened.
Occurs when context menu is closed.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for find and replace.
Shows the dialog.
The associated .
The callback that will be invoked to perform replace.
The text to initially set in the search field.
Closes the dialog.
Gets a value indicating whether the dialog is open.
true if the dialog is open; otherwise, false.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for inserting tables.
Shows the dialog. Specified insert table callback is applied on user confirmation.
The insert table dialog context.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for editing table properties.
Shows the dialog.
Instance of used to edit table properties.
The owner of the dialog.
Encapsulates logic for editing current table in .
Gets the initial grid column index of the current cell in the current table.
The initial grid column index of the current cell.
Gets the initial grid row index of the current cell in the current table.
The initial index of the grid row.
Gets the current table grid columns count.
The grid columns count.
Gets the current table grid rows count.
The grid rows count.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Gets selected cells, or current cell if there isn't selection.
Gets the width of the grid column.
Index of the grid column.
Sets the width of the grid column.
Index of the grid column.
The table width.
Selects the table column.
Index of the grid column.
Selects the table row.
Index of the grid row.
Sets the target cells background.
Color of the background.
Sets the target cells borders.
The TableCellBorders.
Sets the target cells borders.
Changes the table cell content alignment.
The text alignment.
The vertical content alignment.
Changes the table cell padding.
The cell padding.
Changes the table cells default padding.
The default cell padding for the table.
Changes the spacing between cells.
The new cell spacing.
Changes the width of the table.
Width of the table.
Changes the table flow direction.
The flow direction.
Changes the table indent.
The new indent.
Changes the table row repeat on every page property.
The row.
Changes the height of the table row.
The row.
The height.
Clears all adjacent cell borders of the currently selected cells.
Clears all cell borders of the current table.
Executes all the commands.
Clears all the commands.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for inserting symbols.
Shows the dialog.
The callback that will be invoked to insert symbols.
The font which symbols will be loaded initially.
The owner of the dialog.
Gets a value indicating whether the dialog is open.
true if the dialog is open; otherwise, false.
Provides functionality for showing dialogs for inserting/editing hyperlinks.
Shows the dialog for inserting hyperlinks.
The text of the hyperlink.
The current hyperlink info. Null if we are not in edit mode.
Names of all existing bookmarks.
The callback that will be called on confirmation to insert the hyperlink.
The callback that will be called on cancellation.
The owner of the dialog.
DoubleCrossBorder
InitializeComponent
DoubleHorizontalBorder
InitializeComponent
DoubleVerticalBorder
InitializeComponent
DebugSingleCrossBorder
InitializeComponent
LineHorizontalBorder
InitializeComponent
LineVerticalBorder
InitializeComponent
SentinelTableBorderUIElement
InitializeComponent
SingleCrossBorder
InitializeComponent
SingleHorizontalBorder
InitializeComponent
SingleVerticalBorder
InitializeComponent
ThreeDCrossBorder
InitializeComponent
ThreeDHorizontalBorder
InitializeComponent
ThreeDVerticalBorder
InitializeComponent
TableAdorner
InitializeComponent
ResizeThumb
InitializeComponent
Gets or sets the maximum incorrect words number. Negative value means unlimited.
The maximum incorrect words number.
Offset of the view from the initial point (0, 0) generally related to scroll offset
Gets the rectangle currently visible
Represents the context for working with mentions.
Gets the collection of data templates.
Gets the collection of mention providers.
Gets or sets the owner.
Represents a provider for the mentions functionality.
Gets or sets the mention character of the provider.
Identifies the MentionCharacter dependency property.
Gets or sets the item source of the mention provider.
Identifies the ItemSource dependency property.
Represents a provider for the mentions functionality.
Constructor for the class.
Defines the action executed after selecting an item from the list of mention items.
The current .
The item to be inserted.
Determines if the passed item should be visible in the list of mention items.
The item which will be checked.
The searched text that should define whether the item should be visible.
True if the item should be visible, false otherwise.
Represents the collection of mention providers.
Raises the System.Collections.ObjectModel.ObservableCollection`1.CollectionChanged
event with the provided arguments.
Arguments of the event being raised.
Represents a collection of DataTemplates.
Raises the System.Collections.ObjectModel.ObservableCollection`1.CollectionChanged
event with the provided arguments.
Arguments of the event being raised.
Represents a mention item used to define a person.
Gets or sets the Name of the person.
Gets or sets the mail address of the person.
Gets or sets the imagesource for the image representing the person.
Occurs when a property value changes.
Represents a provider for mentioning persons.
Defines the action executed after selecting an item from the list of mention items.
The current .
The item to be inserted.
Determines if the passed item should be visible in the list of mention items.
The item which will be checked.
The searched text that should define whether the item should be visible.
True if the item should be visible, false otherwise.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for creation of new style.
The create new.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for creation of new style with specific type.
Type of the style.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for editing of style definition.
The style definition.
Initializes a new instance of the class. Use it for editing of list style.
The list style.
Deprecated.
Setting the formating properties to their default values.
Setting the formating properties from the provided .
The properties.
Describes document editor types.
Main document editor.
Header editor.
Footer editor.
Note editor.
Comment editor.
Shape editor.
Gets or sets value corresponding to the margins between child page-presenters.
Gets the horizontal scroll position.
Gets the vertical scroll position.
This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Represents line numbering UI providers class.
Creating a new instance of the class.
The paragraph line info.
Gets the line number bounding rectangle.
Arranges the line.
The UI layer update context.
Represents base class for line UI providers.
Creating a new instance of the class.
The paragraph line info.
Gets or sets the containing UI layer.
Gets the paragraph line info.
Gets the value indicating whether the line is removed.
Gets the value indicating whether the line is invalidated.
Gets the line bounding rectangle.
Gets the collection of UI elements.
The UI layer update context.
Arranges the line.
The UI layer update context.
Releases the elements.
Updates the UI.
The UI layer update context.
The property indicates whether the provider is associated for a root TableLayotBox which hosts cloned repeat on every page rows.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Initializes the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The owner element implementing .
No scaling is applied
Shrink to page size if needed. This is option for Native PrintMode only.
Gets or sets the PageRange that will be printed.
The page range
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Gets the container for header and footer presenters.
Used in for presenting documents in "Print" LayoutMode. See also
Gets or sets value corresponding to the margins between child page-presenters.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Used by for presenting documents in "Web" LayoutMode (with no paging). See also
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Describes how the caret is moved within the document.
Move to the previous position.
Move to the next position.
Move up.
Move down.
Move to the beginning of the next word.
Move to current word start, or, if currently at the beginning, to the previous word start.
Move to current line start.
Move to current line end.
Move to current paragraph start, or, if currently at the beginning, to the previous paragarph start.
Move to current paragraph end.
Move to next paragraph start.
Move to document start.
Move to document end.
Move one screen up.
The one screen down.
Represents a text map of a .
Represents a text object used by the spell checking and search mechanisms.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The span box.
Gets the text.
The text.
Appends the specified text.
The text.
Gets the span box.
The span box.
Gets or sets the result of the spell checking.
The spell check result.
Gets the document.
The document.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document.
The filter.
Initializes the map.
Start position.
End position.
Gets the text.
The text.
Gets the list of words in the document.
List of words in the document.
Maps from a specified index in text.
The index in the text.
The length.
Mapped .
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Provides functionality for searching text in a .
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document to search in.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The document to search in.
The options which will be used in the search.
Finds all strings in the document that match a specified regular expression.
The regular expression.
A collection of s representing the matches.
Finds all strings between specific positions in the document that match a specified regular expression.
The regular expression.
Start position.
End position.
A collection of s representing the matches.
Finds the string that matches a specified regular expression.
The regular expression.
The first match.
Finds all strings after a specific position in the document that match a specified regular expression.
The regular expression.
Start position.
The first match.
Finds a string between specific positions in the document that matches a specified regular expression.
The regular expression.
Start position.
End position.
The first match.
Represents information about a text range.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The start position of the text.
The end position of the text.
Gets the start position of the range.
The start position.
Gets the end position of the range.
The end position.
Adds the current text range to the selection ranges of the document.
Sets the selection of the document to the current text range.
Returns true if any of the characters of the string is right-to-left.
Class responsible for separating text into words.
Gets the words from text.
The text.
Determines whether the content is in right-to-left mode.
if set to true, the numbers are stripped from the text.
Collection of objects representing the words inside the text.
Structure representing a word inside text.
The word.
The index of the word inside the text.
Determines whether the word contains digits.
Determines whether the word contains only upper-case letters.
Determines whether the word is in right-to-left.
Determines whether the word is a decimal.
Determines whether the word contains a single symbol.
Determines whether the word contains letters.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
Initializes a new instance of the struct.
Determines whether this instance [can convert from] the specified context.
The context.
Type of the source.
true if this instance [can convert from] the specified context; otherwise, false.
Returns whether the type converter can convert an object to the specified type to the type of this converter.
The context.
The type you want to convert to.
True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false.
is null.
Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter.
The context.
The culture.
The value to convert to the type of this converter.
The converted value.
The conversion cannot be performed.
Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter.
The context.
The culture.
The value.
Type of the destination.
Delegate to the method to call when the event fires.
Gets or sets the method to call when the event fires.
Get bounding rectangle around transformed one.
Rectangle that is to be rotated
Transform matrix
the bounding rectangle around
that is transformed with .
Represents collection of DocumentPageItems that wraps RadDocument and provides collection-changed events when document content changes
and as a result pages are added or removed from the document. Suitable for binding to Items controls as RadBook, RadCoverFlow, etc.
Exposes type to UI Automation.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
The owner.
Gets the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by .
The enumeration value.
Gets the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by .
Gets the string that describes the functionality of the that is associated with this . Called by .
The help text, usually from the , or if there is no help text.
Gets the control pattern for the that is associated with this .
A value from the enumeration.
Gets the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . This method is called by .
A list of child elements.
Gets a string that communicates the visual status of the that is associated with this . This method is called by .
The string that contains the that is returned by .
Resource manager to handle theme resources in UserControls scenario in Documents.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
Sets the default style key for StyleManager based on the current theme.
Represents rich text box control, which can be used to visualize and edit .
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated.
Deprecated
Deprecated
Represents the minimum scale factor the control supports.
Represents the maximum scale factor the control supports.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether a the advanced selection mode is enabled.
If so, when the cursor leaves the initial word the selection continues by expanding with a whole word every time
until the cursor moves in the opposite direction. When the cursor returns to the initial word the selection continues to expand one character at a time.
More about this behavior can be learned in the documentation.
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether a control is included in tab navigation.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the RETURN key types a RETURN character in the control.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key types a TAB character in the control instead of moving the focus to the next control in the tab order.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scaling is enabled.
Gets or sets a value representing the current view scale factor.
Gets or sets a value representing the horizontal scroll bar visibility.
Gets or sets a value representing the vertical scroll bar visibility.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is read-only.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether selection can be made in the document.
Gets or sets the hyperlink navigation mode.
The hyperlink navigation mode.
Gets or sets the document layout mode.
The document layout mode.
Gets or sets the hyperlink tool tip text.
The hyperlink tool tip.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the paste options popup is displayed on paste.
true if this instance is paste options popup enabled; otherwise, false.
Represents the IsPasteOptionsPopupEnabled dependency property.
Gets or sets value indicating whether selection mini toolBar is enabled.
Gets or sets value indicating whether image mini toolBar is enabled.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether context menu is enabled.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the comments are shown.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting symbols are shown in the document.
true if formatting symbols are shown; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting symbols are shown in the document.
true if formatting symbols are shown; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets the comment template content margin.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spell checking is enabled for this document.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether FontFamily, FontSize, Foreground, FontWeight and FontStyle properties of this instance, or the properties from ,
should be used as default style properties for the document elements in .
Gets or sets the language which rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs.
The line breaking characters rule language.
Gets the current PasteSettings associated with RadRichTextBox
Gets the horizontal scroll position.
Gets the vertical scroll position.
Gets or sets the currently focused comment in the document
Gets or sets the currently focused note
Gets or sets(private) an instance of ValidationError that provides an error set by DataProviderBase.
Gets or sets an instance of IIgnoredWordDictionary that provides a list of words that would be ignored by spell checker.
Gets a instance that stores default values for span and paragraph properties.
If is set to true, these properties are used as default style properties for the document elements in .
Gets or sets the ISpellChecker implementation used when proofing.
Gets the horizontal scroll bar instance of the control.
Gets the vertical scroll bar instance of the control.
Gets or sets the current document.
Gets or sets a value representing the active document presenter.
Ensures control template is applied and ensures ActiveEditorPresenter is initialized to its default value.
Whether the ActiveEditorPresenter has been created as a result of this method call.
Gets or sets a value representing the current paragraph properties dialog.
Gets or sets a value representing the current insert symbol window.
Gets or sets a value representing the current insert-hyperlink dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current manage bookmark dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current find/replace dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current insert table dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current table properties dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current table borders dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current floating block properties dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current tab stops properties dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current font properties dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current instance of the dialog for editing custom dictionaries.
Gets or sets a value representing the current spell checking dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current section columns dialog.
Gets or sets a value representing the current line numbering dialog.
Gets or sets a value representing the current selection mini toolbar.
Gets or sets the image editor dialog.
The image editor dialog.
Gets or sets the image mini toolbar.
The image mini toolbar.
Gets or sets a value representing the current context menu.
Gets a value indicating the current editing style.
Gets or sets a value representing the current spell checking dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for enforcing document protection.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for removing document protection.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for changing document permissions.
Gets or sets a value representing the current style formatting properties dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current manage styles dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing CheckBox content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing DatePicker content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing DropDownList content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing Picture content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing PlainText content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing RepeatingSection content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current dialog for editing RichText content control properties.
Gets or sets a value representing the current insert cross-reference window instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current insert Table of Contents window instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current add new bibliographic reference dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current Set Numbering Value reference dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current Manage Bibliographic Sources reference dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current Insert Caption dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current Watermark Settings dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current Notes dialog instance.
Gets or sets a value representing the current code formatting dialog instance.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Initializes a new instance of the RadRichTextBox class.
Returns class-specific implementations for the Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF)/Silverlight infrastructure.
The type-specific implementation.
Scrolls the contents of RadRichTextBox to the specified horizontal offset.
Scrolls the contents of RadRichTextBox to the specified vertical offset.
Scrolls the viewport so that a note becomes visible.
The note.
Clears the spell-checking state of all words in the document and updates the UI.
True to invalidate incorrect word only.
Forces the control to invalidate the layout of its child elements.
Initializes printing of the current document.
The name of the document to print.
The printing mode.
Prints with the specified print dialog. The dialog should already be initialized.
The print dialog.
The print settings.
This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Suspends layout updates forced by document editing operations (e.g. multiple insert/delete operations). Each call to to this method should be followed by a call to method.
Use this method when you have to do sequence of updates to the document, to improve performance and avoid unnecessary layout and UI updates.
This method supports control infrastructure and is not intended for use directly from your code.
Resumes layout updates suspended by calls to method.
True to call UpdateEditorLayout once all "resume" calls are equal to the "suspend" calls.
Forces the control to update its layout and UI;
Forces the control to update its layout and UI.
False to execute the update immediately. Otherwise it will be executed with slight delay using Dispatcher Timer for performance reasons.
Toggles the headers/footers editing mode.
Toggles the visibility of the formatting symbols in the document.
Toggles the visibility of the comments in the document.
Toggles the visibility of the bookmarks in the document.
Reverts the last executed command group.
Re-executes the last undone command group.
Begins a new group of actions which will appear as a single item in the document history.
Cancels the currently started undo-able group, started with and undoes the actions executed since the starting of the group.
If an undo group is not started, an is thrown.
Closes current undo group.
Closes currently started undo-able group, started with , and adds an action in the document history.
Cuts the currently selected document elements into the clipboard.
Copies the currently selected document elements into the clipboard.
Inserts a default structured document tag (Content Control). The default type is RichText.
Inserts a structured document tag (Content Control) of the given type.
Inserts a structured document tag (Content Control) based on the provided properties.
Pastes the content of the clipboard into the document.
Pastes the content of the clipboard into the document.
Returns a value indicating whether the formatting can be copied according to the current selection.
The value indicating whether the formatting can be copied.
Copies the formatting of the current selection.
A value indicating whether the copy was successful.
Pastes the currently copied formatting on the current selection.
A value indicating whether the paste was successful.
Moves the current selection along with the selected document elements to a specified position.
The start position where the selection should be moved to.
true, if the current selection and contained elements should be deleted on the original position.
Deletes content from the document. If the is not empty, deletes the selected content. Otherwise, deletes the character next to the .
If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.
Deletes content from the document. If the is not empty, deletes the selected content. Otherwise, deletes the character next to the .
If the selection is empty, indicates whether to delete the character before or after the caret.
Inserts text into the document at the current caret position.
The text to insert.
Inserts text into the document at the current caret position.
The text to insert.
Inserts text into the document at the specified position.
The text to insert.
Inserts a page break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a line break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a column break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a section break into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a non-breaking space into the document at the current caret position.
Inserts a section break of the specified type into the document at the current caret position.
The type of the section break.
Inserts inline element into the document at the current caret position.
Thrown when is null.
The inline element to insert.
Inserts inline element into the document at a specified caret position. Document selection should be cleared in advance.
The inline element to insert.
The document position to insert the inline at.
Thrown when there is selection in the document.
Thrown when or is null.
Document selection should be cleared before calling this method, otherwise exception may be thrown.
Inserts a new paragraph at the current caret position.
Inserts text at the current caret position and adds a new paragraph after it.
The text.
Inserts a fragment at the current caret position.
The fragment to insert.
Thrown when is null.
Inserts a fragment at a specified position. Document selection should be cleared in advance.
The fragment to insert.
The document position to insert the fragment at.
Thrown when there is selection in the document.
Thrown when or is null.
Document selection should be cleared before calling this method, otherwise exception may be thrown.
Inserts collection of inlines as hyperlink into the document.
The hyperlink info.
The inlines.
Inserts a hyperlink in the document.
The hyperlink info.
The hyperlink text.
Inserts hyperlink into the document.
The hyperlink info.
The hyperlink text.
The hyperlink style.
Inserts a hyperlink in the document. The hyperlink will be created around the current selection.
The hyperlink info.
Creates hyperlink form the current selection.
The hyperlink info.
The hyperlink style.
Removes the hyperlink on the caret position.
Deletes the current hyperlink.
Deletes a hyperlink.
The hyperlink range start.
Inserts an inline image into the document at the current caret position.
The stream to the image's contents.
The extension specifying the image format.
Inserts a comment around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the comment is inserted at the caret position.
The comment.
Deletes the current comment.
Deletes a comment.
The comment range start.
Deletes all comments in the document.
Moves current position to the previous comment.
Moves current position to the next comment.
Deletes a bookmark.
The bookmark range start.
Deletes a bookmark.
Name of the bookmark.
Inserts a bookmark around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the bookmark is inserted at the caret position.
Name of the bookmark.
Inserts a new permission range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the permission range is inserted at the caret position.
The permissions for the new range.
Deletes a permission range.
The permission range start.
Updates the permissions inside the current selection.
Permissions to add.
Permissions to remove.
Inserts an annotation range.
The annotation range start.
The annotation range end.
Deletes an annotation range.
The start of the range that will be deleted.
Splits an annotation range at the specified position, resulting in two new ranges.
The annotation range start to be split.
The position where the range start should be split.
Splits an annotation range at the caret position, resulting in two new ranges.
The annotation range start to be split.
Changes the layout mode.
The new layout mode to be applied.
Changes the Tag property of a specified DocumentElement.
The .
The new tag value.
Gets the content in various formats.
The format to export into.
String representation of the content.
Inserts a read only range over the current selection. If the selection is empty, the range is inserted at the caret position.
Deletes the read only range at the current caret position or inside the current selection.
Deletes read only range.
The read only range that is to be deleted.
Inserts a field into the document at the current caret position.
The field.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Inserts a field into the document at the current caret position in a specified display mode.
The field.
The display mode.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates a field.
The field start.
Updates all fields in the document.
Updates all fields in the document and displays them in the specified display mode.
The display mode which will be used for the fields.
Changes the bibliographic style of all bibliography related fields in the document.
The new bibliographic style.
Toggles the display mode of a field.
The field start.
Changes the display mode of a field.
The field start.
The new display mode.
Changes the display mode of all fields in the document.
The display mode which will be used for the fields.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the first data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the last data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the previous data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using the next data record.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Updates all fields in the document with the values evaluated using a specified data record.
The index of the record to be shown.
True, if the operation completed successfully.
Creates a new containing the result of merging the template with the values of the current data record.
The document.
Produces a mail merged document containing the results for all data records.
true, if each record should start on a new page.
The document containing the result of the operation.
Inserts a caption around the current selection. If the selection is empty, the caption is inserted at the current caret position.
The definition of the caption.
The caption text to be used.
If set to true, the label is included in the caption.
If set to true, the caption is inserted after the current selection.
Updates all captions in the document related to a caption definition.
The caption definition.
Inserts a cross-reference to a bookmark into the document at the current caret position.
Name of the bookmark.
Type of the content.
If set to true, the cross-reference is inserted as a hyperlink.
Inserts a cross-reference to a paragraph with Heading style into the document at the current caret position.
The paragraph. If the paragraph doesn't have applied a Heading style, the method will not be executed.
Type of the content.
If set to true, the cross-reference is inserted as a hyperlink.
Inserts a cross-reference to a caption into the document at the current caret position.
The paragraph containing the caption sequence field.
The reference content type. If the paragraph doesn't have applied a Caption style, the method will not be executed.
A parameter indicating whether the cross-reference field should be a hyperlink.
Updates the header for a section.
The section of the header.
Type of the header.
The header.
Changes the section header.
The section.
Type of the header.
The header.
Updates the footer for a section.
The section of the footer.
Type of the footer.
The footer.
Changes the section footer.
The section.
Type of the footer.
The footer.
Focuses the header of the current page.
Focuses the footer of the current page.
Changes the value indicating whether the section header should be linked to the header of the previous section.
The section.
Type of the header.
true if the header should be linked.
Changes the value indicating whether the section footer should be linked to the footer of the previous section.
The section.
Type of the footer.
true if the footer should be linked.
Clears the character formatting of the selected content.
Toggles the font weight of the selected content between and .
Changes the font weight of the selected content. If selection is not present, the current editing style is updated.
The font weight.
Toggles the font style of the selected content between and .
Changes the font style of the selected content.
The font style.
Changes the font family of the selected content.
The font family to be applied.
Changes the style name of the current run in the document.
Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document.
Name of the style to be applied.
Applies style with a given name to the selected elements in the document.
Name of the style.
If true, the linked style may be used depending on the selection.
Changes the size of the font of the selected content.
Size of the font.
Increments the size of the font of the selected content with 2 points.
Decrements the size of the font of the selected content with 2 points.
Changes the text foreground color of the current run in the document.
The new foreground color to be applied.
Changes the fore color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the underline color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the text highligh color of the current run in the document.
The new highlight color to be applied.
Changes the highlight color of the selected content.
The color.
Changes the baseline alignment of the selected content.
The baseline alignment to be applied.
Toggles the subscript state of the current run in the document.
Changes the superscript state of the current run in the document.
Toggles the underline state of the current run in the document.
Changes the underline decoration of the selected content.
The value.
Toggles the subscript state of the current run in the document.
Changes the strike-through of the selected content.
If set to true, a strike-through will be applied to the selected content.
Changes the span style of the selected content.
The style information.
Inserts an inline shape into the document at the current caret position.
The type of shape.
Shape's initial size.
Changes the size of a shape.
The whose size should be changed.
The new size.
Changes the rotate angle of a shape.
The .
The new angle.
Changes the width of a shape outline.
The .
The new outline width.
Changes the dashing pattern of a shape outline.
The .
The new dashing pattern.
Changes the fill of a shape outline.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the fill of a shape.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the vertical alignment of a shape text box element.
The .
The new vertical alignment.
Changes the left margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new left margin.
Changes the right margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new right margin.
Changes the top margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new top margin.
Changes the bottom margin (inset) of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new bottom margin.
Changes the rotation angle of the shape's text box element.
The .
The new rotation angle (in degrees).
Changes a value that indicates whether shape's text box element will rotate when the shape is rotated.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element rotation behavior.
Changes a value that indicates whether shape's text box element should wrap text vertically.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element wrap behavior.
Changes a value that indicates whether the parent shape should be horizontally resized in accordance to
the text box element's width.
The .
The new value that indicates text box element wrap behavior.
Initializes a text box element for a shape that does not have any.
The .
Initiates editing of a shape's text box element.
The .
Inserts a placeholder text box element to the document. It comes with a default shape layout.
Changes the fill of a shape's text outline.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the fill of a shape's text.
The .
The new fill.
Changes the dash of a shape's text outline dash.
The which is modified.
The new dashing pattern.
Changes the width of a shape's outline width.
The which is modified.
The new width value.
Changes the size of an image.
The whose size should be changed.
The new size.
Changes the rotate angle of an image.
The .
The new angle.
Clears all the formatting (character and paragraph) from the selected content.
Changes the text alignment of the current run in the document.
The new text alignment to be applied.
Changes the text alignment of the selected paragraphs.
The alignment.
Changes the flow direction of the selected paragraphs.
The flow direction.
Changes the background of the selected paragraphs.
The color.
Changes the list level of the selected paragraphs.
The list level.
Increments the paragraph list level of the selected paragraphs.
Decrements the list level the paragraph is currently in by 1.
Increments the left indent of the current paragraph.
Decrements the left indent of the current paragraph.
Changes the left indent of the selected paragraphs.
The left indent.
Changes the right indent of the selected paragraphs.
The right indent.
Changes the first line indent of the selected paragraphs.
The first line indent.
Changes the spacing before of the selected paragraphs.
The spacing before.
Changes the automatic spacing before of the selected paragraphs.
If set to true, the automatic spacing before will be enabled.
Changes the spacing after of the selected paragraphs.
The spacing after.
Changes the automatic spacing after of the selected paragraphs.
If set to true, the automatic spacing after will be enabled.
Changes the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
The line spacing.
Type of the line spacing.
Changes the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
The line spacing.
Changes the type of the line spacing of the selected paragraphs.
Type of the line spacing.
Changes the paragraph style of the selected content.
The style information.
Creates a new list from the current paragraph. The paragraph must be in a list, otherwise this method does nothing.
A boolean value determining whether the operation completed successfully.
Removes all paragraphs from the current list and continues the first possible list before that paragraph. The paragraph must be in a list and should be first in the list, otherwise this method does nothing.
A boolean value indicating whether the operation completed successfully.
Skips numbers and starts the counting of the current list from the specified value.
The numbers to skip.
A boolean value indicating whether the operation completed successfully.
Changes the paragraph list style of the selected paragraphs.
The style.
Changes the property. This property indicates whether East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
If set to true, East Asian typography rules will be applied to determine which characters may begin and end each line.
Changes default tab stop width for the document.
Width of the tab.
Adds a tab stop to the current paragraph.
The tab stop.
Removes a tab stop from the selected paragraphs.
The tab stop.
Replaces a tab stop inside the selected paragraphs.
The old tab stop.
The new tab stop.
Adds a tab stop range to the current paragraph.
The tab stop collection.
Removes a collection of tab stops in the selected paragraphs.
The tab stops.
Clears the tab stops inside the selected paragraphs.
Changes the page size of the selected sections.
The new size. You can use the enumeration to get the desired size from the predefined values.
Changes the page margin of the selected sections.
The margin.
Changes the page margin of the selected sections respecting their current orientation.
The margin.
Changes the page orientation of the selected sections.
The page orientation.
Changes the header top margin of the selected sections.
The section header top margin.
Changes the footer bottom margin of the selected sections.
The section footer bottom margin.
Changes the first page number of the selected sections.
The first page number.
Sets a value determining whether the headers and footers of the first page in the selected sections are different than the ones of the other pages.
If set to true, the header and footer of the first page will be different than the rest of the pages in the section.
Changes the value determining whether the sections should have different odd and even pages header/footer.
true, if the even and odd page header/footer should differ.
Changes the section columns for the selected sections.
The section columns.
Changes the section columns for a given collection of elements.
The section columns layout.
Changes the line numberings for the selected sections.
The line numbering.
Changes the restart type of line numberings for the selected sections.
The line numbering restart type.
Suppress the line numbering for selected paragraphs.
Sets a value determining whether the strict line breaking rule will be applied to Japanese text in this document.
if set to true, the strict line breaking rule will be applied.
Sets a rule determining which characters cannot start a line in East-Asian languages.
The rule.
Sets a rule determining which characters cannot end a line in East-Asian languages.
The line breaking character rule.
Sets the language whose rules should be used for line breaking in the paragraphs.
The line breaking rule language.
Loads extensible UI components through MEF.
Shows the paragraph properties dialog.
Shows the font properties dialog.
Shows the table properties dialog.
Shows the table borders dialog.
Show the insert symbol dialog.
Shows the insert hyperlink dialog.
Shows the dialog for managing bookmarks.
Shows the find replace dialog.
Shows the insert table dialog.
Shows the spell checking dialog.
Shows the dialog for editing custom spellchecking dictionaries.
Shows the floating block properties dialog.
Shows the dialog for editing tab stops.
Shows the image editor dialog.
Name of the tool to execute when the dialog is opened.
Shows the dialog for adding new style.
Shows the dialog for modifying style formatting.
Shows the style formatting properties dialog.
The settings.
Shows the dialog for managing styles.
Shows dialog for creating new list style.
Shows the insert cross reference window.
Shows the insert Table of Contents window.
Shows the Add New Bibliographic Source Dialog.
Shows the Set Numbering Value Dialog.
Shows the Manage Bibliographic Sources Dialog.
Shows the insert caption dialog.
Shows the watermark settings dialog.
Show the sections columns dialog.
Show the line numbers dialog.
Shows the notes dialog.
Shows the dialog for code formatting.
Shows the image editor dialog.
Shows the insert date field dialog.
Shows the dialog for enforcing document protection.
Shows the dialog for removing document protection.
Shows the dialog for changing editing permissions.
Inserts a new table row in the table under the caret position.
Inserts a table row above the one under the caret position.
Inserts a table row below the one under the caret position.
Deletes the table row under the caret position.
Deletes a table row.
The to delete.
Merges the currently selected table cells into one.
Splits the currently selected table cell.
Changes the preferred width of the selected tables.
Width of the table.
Changes the flow direction of the selected tables.
The flow direction.
Changes the indent of the selected tables.
The indent.
Changes the horizontal alignment of the selected tables.
The alignment.
Changes the height of a table row.
The table row.
The height.
Changes the layout mode of the selected tables.
The table.
The table layout mode.
Changes the width of a table column. The specified width value will be applied with width type .
You could specify different width type through the method.
The table.
The index of the column.
The new value for the column width.
Changes the width of a table column.
The table.
The index of the column.
The new value for the column width. If the type of the width is not specified, will be used.
Changes the background of the selected table cells.
The color.
Changes the borders of the selected table cells.
The border which will be used for all table cell borders.
Changes the padding of the selected table cells.
The padding.
Changes the borders of the selected table cells.
The table cell borders.
Changes the borders of the selected tables.
The table borders.
Changes the default cell padding of the selected tables.
The padding which will be used as a default value.
Changes the cell spacing of the selected tables.
The cell spacing.
Changes the content alignment of the selected table cells.
The text alignment.
The vertical alignment.
Changes the horizontal content alignment of the selected table cells.
The alignment.
Changes the vertical content alignment of the selected table cells.
The alignment.
Changes the look of the selected tables.
The look of a table defines the components of the conditional formatting which will be applied to it.
The table look.
Inserts a table column in the table which is under the caret position.
Inserts a table column to the left in the table which is under the caret position.
Inserts a table column to the right in the table which is under the caret position.
Deletes the current table column which is under the caret position.
Inserts a new table in the document.
Number of the rows in the table.
Number of the columns in the table.
Inserts a new table in the document.
Number of the rows in the table.
Number of the columns in the table.
if set to true, an additional empty paragraph is inserted before the table.
Inserts a table in the document.
Note: The instance inserted in the document is a cloning of the one passed for the parameter. Making subsequent changes to the is not possible using the same object.
The table.
Inserts the table.
The table.
if set to true, an additional empty paragraph is inserted before the table.
The instance inserted in the document is a cloning of the one passed for the parameter. Making subsequent changes to the is not possible.
Deletes the table the current caret position is in.
Deletes a table.
The to delete.
Depending on the current value, enables or disables the repetition of a table row on every page.
The table row.
Sets a predefined watermark to the selected sections.
Type of the predefined watermark.
Sets a watermark to the selected sections.
The watermark settings describing the watermark that will be applied.
Inserts a code block at the caret position. If the caret position is in code block, replaces the current code block.
The code to insert.
The settings which will be used for the code block.
Deletes a code block.
The of the block to delete.
Moves current position to the next revision.
Moves current position to the previous revision.
Accepts a revision.
The revision.
Rejects a revision.
The revision.
Accepts all revisions in the document.
Rejects all revisions in the document.
Inserts footnote at the current position.
Inserts the footnote at the current position.
The footnote.
Inserts endnote at the current position.
Inserts the endnote at the current position.
The endnote.
Moves current position to the next footnote.
Moves current position to the previous footnote.
Moves current position to the next endnote.
Moves current position to the previous endnote.
Changes the numbering format of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the footnotes in the selected sections.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the numbering format of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the selected sections.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the numbering format of the footnotes in the document.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the footnotes in the document.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the document.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the position of the footnotes in the document.
The footnotes position.
Changes the numbering format of the endnotes in the document.
The numbering format.
Changes the first number of the endnotes in the document.
The first number.
Changes the type of numbering restart of the endnotes in the document.
The type of restart for the numbering.
Changes the position of the endnotes in the document.
The position.
Occurs when selection is changed.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when the current document is changing.
Occurs when the current user info has changed.
Occurs when the current protection state has changed.
Occurs when the current document has changed.
Occurs when the layout mode of the current document has changed.
Occurs when the content of the current document has changed.
Occurs when the current document has been arranged.
Occurs when the current span's style has changed.
Occurs when the current paragraph's style has changed.
Occurs when the current editing style has changed.
Occurs when currently selected layout box has changed.
Occurs when the ScaleFactor property value has changed.
Occurs when the CurrentPage property value has changed.
Occurs on error while executing command.
Occurs when showing comment.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs before the execution of .
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs after the execution of .
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when the users clicks on a hyperlink in the current document.
Occurs when MergeField is going to calculate its value.
If MergeFieldToStringConvertingEventArgs.ConvertedValue is set it became a result string value.
Occurs when IsReadOnly property changes.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when printing has started.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when print is completed.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when IsSpellCheckingEnabled property changes.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when going in or out of header/footer editing mode.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when active document editor changes.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when executing command that does not support track changes and track changes are enabled.
Raises the event.
The instance containing the event data.
Occurs when note reference is clicked.
Raises the event.
The MouseButtonEventArgs instance containing the event data.
This is an adapter class that adapts RadRichTextBox to IGridViewEditor interface. It is public because it should be initialized with reflection.
Initializes a new instance of the RadRichTextBoxGridViewEditor class.
The adapted RadRichTextBox.
Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally.
The that contains the event data.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting symbols are shown in the document.
true if formatting symbols are shown; otherwise, false.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the RETURN key types a RETURN character in the control.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the comments are shown.
Gets or sets the comment template content margin.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scaling is enabled.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether pressing the TAB key types a TAB character in the control instead of moving the focus to the next control in the tab order.
Gets or sets the currently focused comment in the document
Gets or sets the currently focused note
Gets or sets an instance of IIgnoredWordDictionary that provides a list of words that would be ignored by spell checker
Gets or sets the ISpellChecker implementation used when proofing.
Gets or sets a value indicating whether the spell checking is enabled for this document
Deprecated.
Casts enumerable of TFrom to enumerable of TTo on platforms where covariance is not supported.